-
1 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.■ Cinema■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.■ Literature in English Translation: Selection■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.■ EQUESTRIANISM■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.comHistorical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
-
2 τελευτάω
A , etc.: [tense] pf.τετελεύτηκα Pl.Men. 75e
, al.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. τελευτήσομαι always in pass. sense, Il.13.100, Od.8.510, 9.511, E.Hipp. 370 (lyr.): [tense] aor.ἐτελευτήθην Il.15.74
:—bring to pass, accomplish,ὄφρα.. τελευτήσω τάδε ἔργα Il.8.9
;τ. ἃ μενοινᾷς Od.2.275
; , cf. 2.306; γάμον τ. 24.126; fulfil an oath or promise, wish or hope,τ. ἐέλδωρ 21.200
;τ. ὅσ' ὑπέστης Il.13.375
; , cf. Od.3.56,62;ὅρκια Call.Aet.3.1.29
; τελευτᾶν τινι κακὸν ἦμαρ bring about an evil day for one, Od.15.524;τ. πόνους Δαναοῖς Pi.P.1.54
, cf. E.Ph. 1581 (lyr.);οἷ τ. λόγον Id.Tr. 1029
; τὸ δ' ἔνθεν ποῖ τελευτῆσαί με χρή; to what end must I bring it? S.OC 476;Ζεὺς ὅ τι νεύσῃ, τοῦτο τελευτᾷ E.Alc. 979
(lyr.), etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be fulfilled, come to pass, happen, ll. cc. sub init.; ;πρὶν τελευτηθῇ φόνος E.Or. 1218
.2 finish,σχεδίην.. ἐπηγκενίδεσσι Od.5.253
; ἐπεί ῥ' ὄμοσέν τε, τελεύτησέν τε τὸν ὅρκον had sworn and completed (made binding) the oath, 2.378, etc.; ἡσύχιμον ἁμέραν τ. close a peaceful day, Pi.O.2.33; ἄρξομαι ἐκ βολβοῖο τελευτήσω δ' ἐπὶ θύννον (sc. τὸ δεῖπνον) Pl.Com.173.6 (hex.).3 esp. τ. τὸν αἰῶνα finish life, i.e. die, Hdt.1.32, 9.17, etc.;τ. βίον A.Ag. 929
, S.Fr. 646 codd. (sed leg. δρόμον), E.Hec. 419, Pl.Prt. 351b; ὑπ' ἄλλου τ. τὸν βίον, i.e. to be killed, Id.Lg. 870e: also (after the analogy of παύομαι) c. gen., τελευτᾶν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου make an end of life, X.Cyr.8.7.17; so λόγου τ. Th.3.59; ἐπαίνου τ. ἐς τάδε ἔπη ib. 104.b freq. abs., end life, die, Hdt.1.66, 3.38, 40, al., Pl.R. 614b, al.; πρὶν τελευτήσαντ' ἴδῃς before you see him dead, S.Fr. 662;τ. μάχῃ A.Th. 617
;νούσῳ Hdt.1.161
;γήραϊ Id.6.24
; τ. ὑπό τινος die by another's hand or means, ib.92;δόλῳ ὑπό τινος Id.4.78
;ὑπὸ αἰχμῆς σιδηρέης Id.1.39
;ὑπ' ἀλλαλοφόνοις χερσίν A.Th. 930
(lyr.);ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς Pl.Lg. 877b
; of animals, Arist.PA 667b11, PMich.Zen.67.25 (iii B.C.).II intr. (as always in Prose, except in signf. 1.3a):2 come to an end, A.Ag. 635, etc.: esp. of Time, τελευτῶντος τοῦ μηνός, τοῦ θέρους, Th.2.4, 32, etc.: of actions, events, etc.,τ. ἡ ναυμαχία ἐς νύκτα Id.1.51
, etc.b with words indicating the kind of end or outcome, ἢν ὁ πόλεμος κατὰ νόον τ. Hdt. 9.45, cf. 7.47; εὖ τ. A.Supp. 211; πτωχοὶ τ. end by being beggars, Pl. R. 552c; οὕτως τ. Th.1.110, 138; τ. ἔς τι come to a certain end, issue in,αἱ εὐτυχίαι ἐς τοῦτο ἐτελεύτησαν Hdt.3.125
; τ. ἐς τὠυτὸ γράμμα end in the same letter, Id.1.139, cf. Th.2.51, 4.48, Pl.R. 618a; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τ. Id.Tht. 173b; ποῖ ([etym.] ἐς τί) τελευτᾶν ([etym.] φασι); came to what end? A.Pers. 735 (troch.), cf. Ch. 528, Pl.Lg. 630b; alsoτ. ἐπί τι Id.R. 510d
, Smp. 211c.4 the part. τελευτῶν, ῶσα, ῶν, is used with Verbs like an Adv., to finish with, at the end, at last, asτελευτῶν ἔλεγε Hdt.3.75
; κἂν ἐγίγνετο πληγὴ τελευτῶσα there would have been a fray to finish with, S.Ant. 261;τελευτῶν.. ἐξεβλήθη Ar.Eq. 524
(anap.); τὰς ὀλοφύρσεις τελευτῶντες ἐξέκαμνον at last they got tired of mourning, Th.2.51, cf. 47; ; sts. with another part., τὴν τυραννίδα χαλεπὴν τελευτῶσαν γενομένην having at last become.., Th.6.53, cf. Pl.Phdr. 228b; .5 of local limits and the like ,μέχρι Σολόεντος ἄκρης, ἣ τελευτᾷ τῆς Λιβύης Hdt.2.32
; τελευτῶντος τοῦ Λαβυρίνθου ἔχεται πυραμίς ib. 148; τῇ ἡ Κνιδίη χώρη ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον τ. Id.1.174, cf. 2.33, 4.39, IG12.900, Pl. Men. 75e.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τελευτάω
-
3 Arrondissement
The word used to define the administrative districts of the major French cities, notably Paris, Lyon and Marseilles. The city of Paris (that is Paris within the limits of the old walls and the modern boulevard périphérique) is divided into 20 arrondissements, numbered clockwise and in concentric circles from the centre. Probably the two most famous arondissements are the fifth, containing the Latin quarter and the Sorbonne, and the sixteenth, the most affluent district of central Paris. Each arrondissement has its local council and its mayor, as well as its town hall orhotel de ville.Dictionnaire Français-Anglais. Agriculture Biologique > Arrondissement
-
4 posibilidad
f.possibility, chance.cabe la posibilidad de que… there is a chance that…posibilidades económicas financial means o resources* * *1 possibility■ ¿hay alguna posibilidad de que salga elegida? is there any chance of her being elected?1 (económicas) means plural* * *noun f.* * *SF1) (=oportunidad) chance, possibilityno existe posibilidad de que venga — there's no chance o possibility that he'll come
no tenemos ninguna posibilidad — we don't have the slightest chance, we don't stand a chance
¿tienes posibilidad de aprobar el examen? — do you have any chance of passing the exam?
me han dado la posibilidad de elegir — they have given me the choice o the chance to choose
2) (=alternativa) possibilityhay dos posibilidades: operación o radioterapia — there are two alternatives o possibilities: an operation or radiotherapy
3) pl posibilidades (=recursos) meansun deportivo no está dentro de mis posibilidades — a sports car is beyond my means o out of my price range
* * *1) ( circunstancia) possibilityposibilidad DE + INF — chance of -ing
¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? — what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?
2) posibilidades femenino plural ( medios económicos) means (pl)vivir más allá/dentro de or por encima de las posibilidades de uno — to live beyond/within one's means
la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades — the house is out of my price range, I can't afford the house
* * *= ability, avenue, chance, eventuality, facility, feasibility, possibility, probability, prospect, scope, potentiality, maybe, eligibility, sporting chance.Ex. The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.Ex. In some authority files (titles, ISBN/ISSN, national bibliographic record numbers), no search of the file is made because there is little chance of finding the new entry in the file.Ex. It was not our intention, not indeed is it feasible, to cover every eventuality that will be encountered in producing A/Z index entries.Ex. Apart from this additional facility Double-KWIC indexes have most of the facilities, features and drawbacks of KWIC and KWOC indexes.Ex. However, even with selective indexing in combination, the limit of feasibility is usually reckoned to be compound subjects consisting of five terms.Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.Ex. Our system should be one which reduces the probability of error as far a possible.Ex. At the time OCLC started, there was no prospect for a national authority file.Ex. They permit much more scope for flexible synthesis than can be achieved with DC or LCC.Ex. The combination of optical projection and photographic reduction is already producing some results in microfilm for scholarly purposes, and the potentialities are highly suggestive.Ex. Instead of ranking the documents retrieved in probable order of relevance, the conventional search sorts the relevant sheep from the irrelevant goats and ignores the fact that there are a lot of ' maybe's' involved.Ex. The advantages of a foundation include tax-deductible donations, increased eligibility for grants, and the involvement of affluent and influential local figures as advocates for the public library service.Ex. The bear was shot in his cage and was never given a sporting chance to fight for his life.----* abanico de posibilidades = kaleidoscope, kaleidoscope of possibilities.* abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.* abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.* abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.* analizar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.* analizar las posibilidades de = look at + the prospects for.* analizar una posibilidad = explore + idea.* ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.* anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.* anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.* aprovechar al máximo las posibilidades = realise + the potential.* aprovechar las posibilidades de Algo = achieve + Posesivo + full potential, develop + potential, develop + Nombre + to its full potential.* aprovechar las posibilidades que nos ofrece = harness + the power of.* aprovechar + Posesivo + posibilidades = achieve + Posesivo + potential.* aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.* barajar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.* como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.* considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.* considerar las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.* contemplar la posibilidad = toy with, toy with + idea of, entertain + the possibility.* contemplar la posibilidad de suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.* contemplar posibilidades = envision + possibilities.* crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.* dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.* dentro de las posibilidades económicas de = within the price range of.* dentro de + Posesivo + posibilidades = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.* desarrollar las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.* disminuir la posibilidad = lessen + possibility.* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.* estudiar la posibilidad = explore + the possibility.* estudiar una posibilidad = explore + idea.* examinar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.* existir la posibilidad de = there + be + scope for.* existir la posibilidad de que = there + be + room for.* fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.* hacer realidad las posibilidades de Algo = unleash + Posesivo + potential.* hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo/Alguien = to + Posesivo + full potential.* hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.* incluir todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.* mostrar posibilidades = show + potential.* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.* ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.* ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.* ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.* ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.* ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.* otra posibilidad = as an alternative.* otra posibilidad es = for what it's worth [FWIW].* otra posibilidad es que = alternatively.* otra posibilidad + ser = another possibility + be.* perjudicar las posibilidades de = prejudice + chances of.* permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.* plantear la posibilidad = raise + possibility.* plantear la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.* plantear una posibilidad = pose + possibility.* por debajo de las posibilidades (de una persona) = below + Posesivo + capabilities.* por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.* posibilidad de = facility for.* posibilidad de conseguir Algo = attainability.* posibilidad de desarrollo = potential for development.* posibilidad de descascararse = flakiness.* posibilidad de descascarillarse = flakiness.* posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.* posibilidad de expandir = expandability.* posibilidad de insertar hiperenlaces = linkability.* posibilidad de localizar = traceability.* posibilidad de pelarse = flakiness.* posibilidad de realización = potential for fulfilment.* posibilidad de reubicación = relocatability.* posibilidad de ser alcanzable = achievability.* posibilidad de ser comparado = comparability.* posibilidad de ser localizado = traceability.* posibilidad de ser realizable = satisfiability.* posibilidad de ser solucionado = satisfiability.* posibilidad de ser usado de nuevo = reusability [re-usability].* posibilidad de toma de decisiones = decidability.* posibilidades = capabilities, catalogue [catalog, -USA], potential, full potential.* posibilidades de acceso = access capabilities.* posibilidades de búsqueda = searching capabilities, searchability, retrieval facilities, search facilities.* posibilidades de futuro = future possibilities.* posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.* presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.* reducir la posibilidad = minimise + possibility.* reducir las posibilidades de = narrow + the vision of.* sobrepasar las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* sobrepesar las diferentes posibilidades = ponder + the various possibilities.* sugerir una posibilidad = float + possibility.* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.* tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.* tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.* una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.* una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.* * *1) ( circunstancia) possibilityposibilidad DE + INF — chance of -ing
¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? — what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?
2) posibilidades femenino plural ( medios económicos) means (pl)vivir más allá/dentro de or por encima de las posibilidades de uno — to live beyond/within one's means
la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades — the house is out of my price range, I can't afford the house
* * *= ability, avenue, chance, eventuality, facility, feasibility, possibility, probability, prospect, scope, potentiality, maybe, eligibility, sporting chance.Ex: The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.
Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.Ex: In some authority files (titles, ISBN/ISSN, national bibliographic record numbers), no search of the file is made because there is little chance of finding the new entry in the file.Ex: It was not our intention, not indeed is it feasible, to cover every eventuality that will be encountered in producing A/Z index entries.Ex: Apart from this additional facility Double-KWIC indexes have most of the facilities, features and drawbacks of KWIC and KWOC indexes.Ex: However, even with selective indexing in combination, the limit of feasibility is usually reckoned to be compound subjects consisting of five terms.Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.Ex: Our system should be one which reduces the probability of error as far a possible.Ex: At the time OCLC started, there was no prospect for a national authority file.Ex: They permit much more scope for flexible synthesis than can be achieved with DC or LCC.Ex: The combination of optical projection and photographic reduction is already producing some results in microfilm for scholarly purposes, and the potentialities are highly suggestive.Ex: Instead of ranking the documents retrieved in probable order of relevance, the conventional search sorts the relevant sheep from the irrelevant goats and ignores the fact that there are a lot of ' maybe's' involved.Ex: The advantages of a foundation include tax-deductible donations, increased eligibility for grants, and the involvement of affluent and influential local figures as advocates for the public library service.Ex: The bear was shot in his cage and was never given a sporting chance to fight for his life.* abanico de posibilidades = kaleidoscope, kaleidoscope of possibilities.* abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.* abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.* abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.* analizar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.* analizar las posibilidades de = look at + the prospects for.* analizar una posibilidad = explore + idea.* ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.* anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.* anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.* aprovechar al máximo las posibilidades = realise + the potential.* aprovechar las posibilidades de Algo = achieve + Posesivo + full potential, develop + potential, develop + Nombre + to its full potential.* aprovechar las posibilidades que nos ofrece = harness + the power of.* aprovechar + Posesivo + posibilidades = achieve + Posesivo + potential.* aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.* barajar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.* como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.* considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.* considerar las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.* contemplar la posibilidad = toy with, toy with + idea of, entertain + the possibility.* contemplar la posibilidad de suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.* contemplar posibilidades = envision + possibilities.* crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.* dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.* dentro de las posibilidades económicas de = within the price range of.* dentro de + Posesivo + posibilidades = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.* desarrollar las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.* disminuir la posibilidad = lessen + possibility.* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.* estudiar la posibilidad = explore + the possibility.* estudiar una posibilidad = explore + idea.* examinar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.* existir la posibilidad de = there + be + scope for.* existir la posibilidad de que = there + be + room for.* fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.* hacer realidad las posibilidades de Algo = unleash + Posesivo + potential.* hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo/Alguien = to + Posesivo + full potential.* hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.* incluir todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.* mostrar posibilidades = show + potential.* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.* ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.* ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.* ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.* ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.* ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.* otra posibilidad = as an alternative.* otra posibilidad es = for what it's worth [FWIW].* otra posibilidad es que = alternatively.* otra posibilidad + ser = another possibility + be.* perjudicar las posibilidades de = prejudice + chances of.* permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.* plantear la posibilidad = raise + possibility.* plantear la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.* plantear una posibilidad = pose + possibility.* por debajo de las posibilidades (de una persona) = below + Posesivo + capabilities.* por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.* posibilidad de = facility for.* posibilidad de conseguir Algo = attainability.* posibilidad de desarrollo = potential for development.* posibilidad de descascararse = flakiness.* posibilidad de descascarillarse = flakiness.* posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.* posibilidad de expandir = expandability.* posibilidad de insertar hiperenlaces = linkability.* posibilidad de localizar = traceability.* posibilidad de pelarse = flakiness.* posibilidad de realización = potential for fulfilment.* posibilidad de reubicación = relocatability.* posibilidad de ser alcanzable = achievability.* posibilidad de ser comparado = comparability.* posibilidad de ser localizado = traceability.* posibilidad de ser realizable = satisfiability.* posibilidad de ser solucionado = satisfiability.* posibilidad de ser usado de nuevo = reusability [re-usability].* posibilidad de toma de decisiones = decidability.* posibilidades = capabilities, catalogue [catalog, -USA], potential, full potential.* posibilidades de acceso = access capabilities.* posibilidades de búsqueda = searching capabilities, searchability, retrieval facilities, search facilities.* posibilidades de futuro = future possibilities.* posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.* presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.* reducir la posibilidad = minimise + possibility.* reducir las posibilidades de = narrow + the vision of.* sobrepasar las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* sobrepesar las diferentes posibilidades = ponder + the various possibilities.* sugerir una posibilidad = float + possibility.* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.* tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.* tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.* una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.* una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.* * *A (circunstancia) possibilityno se ha descartado esa posibilidad we haven't ruled out that possibilityhay que estudiar todas las posibilidades we have to explore all the possibilities o optionshemos previsto todas las posibilidades we have anticipated every eventuality ( frml)posibilidad DE + INF chance OF -ING¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido he has a good chance of being electedhay pocas posibilidades de encontrarlo con vida there is little chance of finding him aliveposibilidad DE QUE + SUBJ:esto aumenta las posibilidades de que gane this makes it more likely that he will win, this shortens the odds on him winningexiste la posibilidad de que estés equivocado you might just be wrong, it's just possible that you're wronggente que vive dentro de/más allá or por encima de sus posibilidades people who live within/beyond their meanseso está por encima de mis posibilidades that's out of my price range, I can't afford that* * *
posibilidad sustantivo femenino
1 ( circunstancia) possibility;
tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido he has a good chance of being elected;
existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado you might just be wrong
2◊ posibilidades sustantivo femenino plural
la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades I can't afford the house
posibilidad
I sustantivo femenino possibility
II mpl (recursos, medios) means: pasar las Navidades en París no está dentro mis posibilidades, I can't afford to spend Christmas in Paris
' posibilidad' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
contemplar
- entrever
- explorar
- O
- ofrecer
- poder
- remota
- remoto
- resquicio
- caber
- considerar
- excluir
- igual
- oportunidad
- paso
- perspectiva
- plantear
- ventilación
English:
another
- avenue
- can
- cat
- chance
- consider
- danger
- daunt
- hopeful
- may
- option
- outside
- physical
- ponder
- possibility
- prospect
- question
- remote
- scenario
- shot
- slender
- slim
- would
- write off
- any
- bargain
- definite
- further
- likelihood
- might
- open
* * *posibilidad nf1. [circunstancia] possibility, chance;no descartamos ninguna posibilidad we are not ruling anything out;cabe la posibilidad de que… there is a chance o possibility that…;tienes muchas posibilidades de que te admitan you have a good chance of being accepted;no hay ninguna posibilidad de que aprueben la propuesta there is no chance that they will approve the proposal2. [opción] possibility;tienes tres posibilidades, ¿cuál eliges? you've got three options, which will you choose?;una posibilidad sería que fuéramos en avión one possibility would be for us to go by plane3.comprar una casa no entra dentro de nuestras posibilidades we don't have the means o we can't afford to buy a house* * *f possibility;vivir por encima de sus posibilidades live beyond one’s means* * *posibilidad nf1) : possibility2) posibilidades nfpl: means, income* * *posibilidad n possibility [pl. possibilities] -
5 atrapar
v.1 to catch.La policía atrapa ladrones The police catches thieves.2 to latch onto, to grab.Finalmente atrapó un novio She finally latch onto a boyfriend.3 to entrap.* * *1 to seize, capture, catch* * *verb1) to trap, capture2) catch* * *VT1) [en trampa] to trap; (=apresar) to capture; [+ resfriado etc] to catch2) (=engañar) to take in, deceive* * *verbo transitivo <conejo/ladrón> to catch* * *= lock, trap, catch, tether, entrap, ensnare, hunt down, snare, bust.Ex. If the analogy with the fairy story is taken a little further it can be noted that no author really believes in dragons, wicked queens, fair maidens locked in high towers and the like.Ex. If the borrower being processed has been set to be trapped, DOBIS/LIBIS displays the message: 'You have trapped a borrower'.Ex. 'And of course,' said the director, brightening as his idea gave birth to another one in her mind, 'it will be interesting to know how efficient electronic systems are at catching thieves'.Ex. The book reached the limits of its potential as an information carrier long ago and libraries unfortunately allowed themselves to become tethered by those limitations.Ex. Librarians have been known to devote time to entrap and arrest individuals who use the library toilets for sexual purposes = Hay casos de bibliotecarios que han dedicado tiempo a atrapar y detener a individuos que utilizan los servicios de la biblioteca con fines sexuales.Ex. The novel has many trappings that will ensnare the average reader but skulking at the bottom of its well of intrigue is a timeless terror more attuned to the mature sensibilities of an adult audience.Ex. Clinton promised that those responsible would be hunted down and punished.Ex. In fact, the Indians had been snaring animals long before the white man came to North America.Ex. On Saturday, a trooper stood on a street corner dressed in plain clothes and helped bust 30 people for not wearing their seat belts.----* atrapado en = enmeshed in.* atrapar contra = pin + Nombre + against.* * *verbo transitivo <conejo/ladrón> to catch* * *= lock, trap, catch, tether, entrap, ensnare, hunt down, snare, bust.Ex: If the analogy with the fairy story is taken a little further it can be noted that no author really believes in dragons, wicked queens, fair maidens locked in high towers and the like.
Ex: If the borrower being processed has been set to be trapped, DOBIS/LIBIS displays the message: 'You have trapped a borrower'.Ex: 'And of course,' said the director, brightening as his idea gave birth to another one in her mind, 'it will be interesting to know how efficient electronic systems are at catching thieves'.Ex: The book reached the limits of its potential as an information carrier long ago and libraries unfortunately allowed themselves to become tethered by those limitations.Ex: Librarians have been known to devote time to entrap and arrest individuals who use the library toilets for sexual purposes = Hay casos de bibliotecarios que han dedicado tiempo a atrapar y detener a individuos que utilizan los servicios de la biblioteca con fines sexuales.Ex: The novel has many trappings that will ensnare the average reader but skulking at the bottom of its well of intrigue is a timeless terror more attuned to the mature sensibilities of an adult audience.Ex: Clinton promised that those responsible would be hunted down and punished.Ex: In fact, the Indians had been snaring animals long before the white man came to North America.Ex: On Saturday, a trooper stood on a street corner dressed in plain clothes and helped bust 30 people for not wearing their seat belts.* atrapado en = enmeshed in.* atrapar contra = pin + Nombre + against.* * *atrapar [A1 ]vt‹mariposas/conejo› to catchatraparon al ladrón they caught the thiefquedaron atrapados en el interior del local they were trapped inside the building* * *
atrapar ( conjugate atrapar) verbo transitivo
to catch
atrapar verbo transitivo to catch
' atrapar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
agarrar
- cazar
- coger
- pillar
English:
catch
- ensnare
- hunt down
- snare
- trap
* * *atrapar vt1. [agarrar, alcanzar] to catch;la policía atrapó a los atracadores the police caught the bank robbers;el portero atrapó la pelota the goalkeeper caught the ballhe atrapado un resfriado I've come down with a cold* * *v/t catch, trap* * *atrapar vt: to trap, to capture* * * -
6 ámbito
m.1 space, ambit, closed quarters, environment.2 range, scope, purview.3 terms of reference, brief of study.* * *1 (espacio) sphere, space2 (marco) field* * *SM1) (=campo) field; (=límite) boundary, limitdentro del ámbito de — within the limits of, in the context of
en el ámbito nacional — on a nationwide basis, on a nationwide scale
en todo el ámbito nacional — over the whole nation, throughout the country
2) (fig) (=esfera) scope, range* * *a) (campo, círculo) sphere, fielden el ámbito de la política/la familia — within the sphere of politics/the family
b) ( alcance) scope, rangeuna empresa de ámbito nacional — a company with outlets/offices nationwide
* * *= front, scope, milieu, sphere, domain, ambit, shore.Ex. Present auguries on the resource front are not good.Ex. Subject field definition arises from the scope of the information service or system that the indexing language is expected to serve.Ex. These are the kinds of problems that characteristically arise in the complex and continually changing milieu of libraries and media and information centers.Ex. I am not convinced that people become connoisseurs -- experts: educated and discriminating people in any sphere -- from limited knowledge and experience, no matter how rich in quality.Ex. The CRONOS data bank includes a FISH domain, with data on catches and fleet statistics, and the COMEXT data bank covers the external trade statistics of fisheries.Ex. Though the liaison is valuable there is a danger of the National Archives' representatives being too submerged in the President's ambit to be fully impartial.Ex. People have employed this term to encompass programmes of study stretching from the furthest shores of technology-based activity to the vaguest and most nebulous-seeming courses of study in the arts/humanities areas.----* ámbito de acción = territory, sphere of influence.* ámbito de actuación = sphere of activity, sphere of influence, arena for activity, extent of activity.* ámbito de aplicación = field of application.* ámbito de estudio = scope.* ámbito de experiencia = circle of experience.* ámbito de interés = sphere of interest.* ámbito de trabajo = field of endeavour.* ámbito geográfico de actuación = catchment area.* ámbito privado, el = private sector, the.* ámbito público, el = public sector, the.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.* entrar dentro del ámbito de = fall into + the ambit of.* entrar en el ámbito de = fall within + the ambit of.* * *a) (campo, círculo) sphere, fielden el ámbito de la política/la familia — within the sphere of politics/the family
b) ( alcance) scope, rangeuna empresa de ámbito nacional — a company with outlets/offices nationwide
* * *= front, scope, milieu, sphere, domain, ambit, shore.Ex: Present auguries on the resource front are not good.
Ex: Subject field definition arises from the scope of the information service or system that the indexing language is expected to serve.Ex: These are the kinds of problems that characteristically arise in the complex and continually changing milieu of libraries and media and information centers.Ex: I am not convinced that people become connoisseurs -- experts: educated and discriminating people in any sphere -- from limited knowledge and experience, no matter how rich in quality.Ex: The CRONOS data bank includes a FISH domain, with data on catches and fleet statistics, and the COMEXT data bank covers the external trade statistics of fisheries.Ex: Though the liaison is valuable there is a danger of the National Archives' representatives being too submerged in the President's ambit to be fully impartial.Ex: People have employed this term to encompass programmes of study stretching from the furthest shores of technology-based activity to the vaguest and most nebulous-seeming courses of study in the arts/humanities areas.* ámbito de acción = territory, sphere of influence.* ámbito de actuación = sphere of activity, sphere of influence, arena for activity, extent of activity.* ámbito de aplicación = field of application.* ámbito de estudio = scope.* ámbito de experiencia = circle of experience.* ámbito de interés = sphere of interest.* ámbito de trabajo = field of endeavour.* ámbito geográfico de actuación = catchment area.* ámbito privado, el = private sector, the.* ámbito público, el = public sector, the.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.* entrar dentro del ámbito de = fall into + the ambit of.* entrar en el ámbito de = fall within + the ambit of.* * *1 (campo, área de acción) field, area, sphereen tres ámbitos muy distintos in three very different fields o areas o spheresen el ámbito de la investigación in the field of researchen el ámbito de la política within the sphere of politicshan reducido su ámbito de acción they have reduced their sphere of activity2(ambiente): el clima de violencia vivido en el ámbito de la familia the climate of violence experienced within the familyen el ámbito literario in literary circles3 (alcance) scope, rangefuera del ámbito de su competencia beyond the scope o range of his authorityel ámbito (de aplicación) de la ley the scope of the lawuna empresa de ámbito nacional a company with outlets ( o offices etc) throughout the country o nationwide* * *
ámbito sustantivo masculino
ámbito sustantivo masculino
1 (espacio de influencia o actuación) field: su ámbito de poder es reducido, he has a limited field of influence
en el ámbito económico la situación es más crítica, in the economic field the situation is more serious
2 (espacio físico) es una empresa de ámbito nacional, it's a nationwide company
' ámbito' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
campo
- dominio
- esfera
- medio
English:
ambit
- domain
- scope
- range
- scene
* * *ámbito nm1. [espacio, límites] confines, scope;un problema de ámbito nacional a nationwide problem;una ley de ámbito provincial a law which is applicable at provincial level;dentro del ámbito de within the scope of;fuera del ámbito de outside the realm of;Biolámbito geográfico [de una especie] geographic domain2. [ambiente] world, circles;una teoría poco conocida fuera del ámbito científico a theory which is little known outside scientific circles o the scientific world;la violencia en el ámbito familiar domestic violence* * *m1 area2 ( límite) scope* * *ámbito nm: domain, field, area -
7 BÆR
* * *bœr, or býr, gen. baejar or býjar; gen. biar also occurs, esp. in Norse MSS. of the 14th century, Fb., but is rare and unclassical; pl. -ir, gen. -ja, dat. -jum. In Icel. people say bær; in Norway bö in Swed. and Dan. (always with y) by; the root word being búa, bú: this word is very freq. in local names of towns and villages throughout the whole of Scandinavia; and wherever the Scandinavian tribes settled the name by or bö went along with them. In the map of Northern England the use of this word marks out the limits and extent of the Norse immigration, e. g. the name Kirkby or Kirby; about twenty or thirty such are found in English maps of the Northern and Midland Counties, denoting churches built by the Norse or Danish settlers, as Whitby, Grimsby, etc., cp. Kirkjubær in Icel. In Denmark and Sweden local names ending in -by are almost numberless.I. a town, village, this is the Norse, Swed., and Dan. notion; þeir brenna býi at köldum kolum, Fms. xi. 122; til bæjarins (of Niðarós), vii. 30; of Bergen, viii. 360, 438; Tunsberg, ix. 361; of the town residence of the earl of Orkney, Nj. 267: allit., borgir ok bæi, castles and towns, Ann. 1349, etc. etc.; baejar-biskup, a town-bishop, Fms. vii. 32; bæjar-prestr, a town-priest, D. N.; bæjar-lögmaðr, a town-justice, id.; bæjar-lýðr, bæjar-lið, bæjar-menn, town’s-people, Fms. viii. 38, 160, 210, Eg. 240, Bs. i. 78; baejar-brenna, the burning of a town, Fms. x. 30; bæjar-bygð, a town-district, viii. 247; bæjar-gjald, a town-rate, N. G. L. i. 328; bæjar-sýsla, a town-office, Fms. vi. 109; bæjar-starf, id., Hkr. iii. 441; bæjar-seta, dwelling in town, Ld. 73, Ísl. ii. 392.II. a farm, landed estate, this is the Icel. notion, as that country has no towns; bær in Icel. answers to the Germ. ‘hof,’ Norweg. ‘ból,’ Dan. ‘gaard,’ denoting a farm, or farmyard and buildings, or both together; hence the phrase, reisa, göra, setja bæ, efna til bæjar, to build the farmstead, Eb. 10, 26, 254, Ld. 96, 98, Fs. 26, Landn. 126, 127, Eg. 131, Gísl. 8, 28, Bs. i. 26, Þorst. hv. 35; byggja bæ, Bs. i. 60; the phrase, bær heitir…, a farm is called so and so, Ísl. ii. 322, 323, 325, Ann. 1300, Hrafn. 22, Dropl. 5; the allit. phrase, búa á bæ…, Þorst. hv. 37; the passages are numberless, and ‘bær’ has almost become synonymous with ‘house and home;’ and as it specially means ‘the farm-buildings,’ Icel. also say innan-bæjar, in-doors; utan-bæjar, out-of-doors; í bæ, within doors; milii baejar ok stöðuls, K. Þ. K. 78; milli bæja; bæ frá bæ, from house to house; á bæ og af bæ, at home and abroad: things belonging to a bær, bæjar-dyr, the doors of the houses, the chief entrance; bæjar-hurð ( janua); bæjar-veggr, the wall of the houses; bæjar-bust, the gable of the houses; bæjar-lækr, the home-spring, well; bæjar-hlað, the premises; bæjar-stétt, the pavement in the front of the houses; bæjar-leið, a furlong, a short distance as between two ‘bæir;’ bæjar-sund, passage between the houses; bæjar-hús, the home-stead, opp. to fjár-hús, etc., where cattle is kept, or barns and the like; fram-bær, the front part of the houses; torf-bær, timbr-bær, a ‘bær’ built of turf or timber: phrases denoting the ‘bær’ as hearth and home, hér sú Guð í bæ, God be in this house, a form of greeting, cp. Luke x. 5; bæjar-bragr, the customs or life in a house; nema börn hvað á bæ er títt (a proverb). -
8 superior
adj.1 top.la parte superior (de algo) the top (of something)la mitad superior the top o upper half2 higher.ser superior en número, ser numéricamente superior to have a numerical advantage3 superior.es superior a la media it's above average4 excellent (excelente).5 upper (anatomy & geography).6 higher (education).m.superior (jefe).* * *► adjetivo1 (encima de) upper, top2 (por encima de) greater (a, than), higher (a, than), above (a, -)4 figurado (calidad etc) superior, high, excellent5 EDUCACIÓN higher1 (jefe) superior2 RELIGIÓN superior\calidad superior top quality, high quality* * *1. noun m. 2. adj.1) superior2) higher3) upper* * *I1. ADJ2) (=mejor) superior, betterser superior a algo — to be superior to sth, be better than sth
3) (=excelente)la orquesta estuvo superior — the orchestra was top-quality o top-class
una moqueta de calidad superior — a superior quality o top-quality carpet
4) [cantidad]cualquier número superior a doce — any number above o higher than twelve
5) [en categoría] [animal, especie] higher6) (Educ) [curso, nivel] advanced; [enseñanza] higher2.SM [en rango] superiorII superior, -a ( Rel)1.ADJ superior2.SM / F superior/mother superior* * *I1)a) <parte/piso> top (before n), upper (before n); < nivel> higherb) <labio/mandíbula> upper (before n)2)a) ( en calidad) superiorsuperior A algo/alguien — superior to something/somebody
b) ( en jerarquía) < oficial> superior; < clase social> higherc) (en cantidad, número)los atacantes eran superiores en número — the attackers were greater o more in number
IIun número superior a 9 — a number greater than o higher than o above 9
- riora masculino, femeninoa) (Relig) (m) Superior; (f) Mother Superior* * *I1)a) <parte/piso> top (before n), upper (before n); < nivel> higherb) <labio/mandíbula> upper (before n)2)a) ( en calidad) superiorsuperior A algo/alguien — superior to something/somebody
b) ( en jerarquía) < oficial> superior; < clase social> higherc) (en cantidad, número)los atacantes eran superiores en número — the attackers were greater o more in number
IIun número superior a 9 — a number greater than o higher than o above 9
- riora masculino, femeninoa) (Relig) (m) Superior; (f) Mother Superior* * *superior11 = superior, superordinate.Nota: Nombre y adjetivo.Ex: Under pressure from colleagues, superiors, and families to perform well, individual librarians develop ways in which to make their jobs easier.
Ex: Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.* Posesivo + superiores = Posesivo + betters.superior22 = better, high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], higher, pre-eminent [preeminent], superior, upper, heightened, enriched, high-end, preemptive [pre-emptive], top-tier [top tier].Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.Ex: Relief must be secured from the laborious detailed manipulation of higher mathematics as well, if the users of it are to free their brains for something more than repetitive detailed transformations.Ex: Often it is this factor which is pre-eminent in a decision to provide an in-house bulletin.Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.Ex: The upper and lower limits for the value are first entered.Ex: The heightened level of community awareness has led some local authorities to take the initiative and to become information disseminators in their own right.Ex: Union Catalogues may also decide that they need more enriched records because of specific needs.Ex: The system provides extensive map facilities which until now have been available only on high-end hypermedia systems like Intermedia.Ex: Coincidentally there has emerged a pre-emptive new technology for the storage, handling and transmission of information, potentially better suited to the convenience of users.Ex: It is much to the credit of the British government that in the current reorganisation of local government it has insisted that public libraries be controlled by the top-tier authorities, those responsible for education and other major services.* biblioteca de institución de enseñanza superior = tertiary library.* borde superior = top edge.* compartimento superior = overhead bin, overhead locker.* contra fuerzas superiores = against (all/the) odds.* cubierta superior = upper deck.* de calidad superior = best-quality.* de la parte superior = topmost [top most].* demostrar ser superior = prove + superior.* de nivel superior = upper-level, higher-level.* de una clase social superior = above + Posesivo + class.* educación superior = higher education.* en la parte superior = at the top, uppermost, uppermost.* enseñanza superior = higher education, higher learning, tertiary education.* Espacio Europeo para la Educación Superior (EEES) = European Space for Higher Education (ESHE).* esquina superior derecha = upper right corner, upper right-hand corner.* esquina superior izquierda = top left corner, upper left corner, top left-hand corner.* extremidades superiores = upper extremities, upper limbs.* hacer superior = give + Nombre + an edge.* institución de enseñanza superior = tertiary institution.* institución de enseñanza superior no universitaria = college of higher education.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* límite superior = upper bound.* madre superiora = abbess, Mother Superior.* mandíbula superior = maxilla [maxillae, -pl.], upper jaw.* margen superior = top margin.* maxilar superior = maxilla [maxillae, -pl.], upper jaw.* miembros superiores = upper extremities, upper limbs.* nivel superior = top layer.* paleolítico superior, el = Upper Palaeolithic.* parte superior = top, topside.* pensamiento de orden superior = higher-order thinking.* primer año de estudios superiores = freshman year.* quijada superior = upper jaw.* relativo a la enseñanza superior = tertiary.* ser muy superior a los demás = be way above all the others.* ser muy superior a los otros = be way above all the others.* ser superior = supreme being, higher being, superior being.* superior al 10 por ciento = double digit.* superior a los demás = a cut above the rest, a cut above.* término superior = top term, TT.* título superior = advanced degree.* * *Aen el ángulo superior derecho de la hoja in the top right-hand corner of the pageen los pisos superiores del edificio on the upper o uppermost o top floors of the building3 ( Astron) ‹planeta› superiorB1 (en calidad) superiorun vino de calidad superior a superior o an excellent wine, a wine of superior qualitysuperior A algo/algn superior TO sth/sbes muy superior al modelo anterior it is far better than o far superior to the previous modelse siente superior a los demás he thinks he's above o superior to everyone else, he thinks he's better than everyone elseuna inteligencia superior a la media above-average intelligence2 (en una jerarquía) superiorun oficial superior a mí an officer superior to me, a superior o higher-ranking officeralumnos de los cursos superiores students from higher o more advanced coursesórdenes superiores orders from above3(en cantidad, número): los atacantes eran superiores en número the attackers were greater o more in numbersuperior A algo above sthtemperaturas superiores a los cuarenta grados temperatures above o higher than forty degreesun número superior a 9 a number greater than o higher than o above 9el peso es superior a los 20 kilos the weight is above 20 kilos, the weight exceeds 20 kiloses superior a mis fuerzas it's more than I can bearmasculine, feminine2¿quién es su superior? who is your superior?* * *
superior 1 adjetivo
1 ( en posición) ‹parte/piso› top ( before n), upper ( before n);
‹ nivel› higher;
‹labio/mandíbula› upper ( before n)
2
superior A algo/algn superior to sth/sb;
una inteligencia superior a la media above-average intelligence
‹ clase social› higherc) (en cantidad, número):◊ los atacantes eran superiores en número the attackers were greater o more in number;
superior A algo above sth;
un número superior a 9 a number greater than o higher than o above 9
superior 2◊ - riora sustantivo masculino, femenino
(f) Mother Superiorb)
superior
I adjetivo
1 (que está más alto) top, upper
el piso superior, the upper floor
2 (que es mejor) superior, better: su sueldo es superior al mío, his salary is higher than mine
3 (en número) un número superior a 10, a number greater o higher o more than 10
4 (indicando grado: en enseñanza) higher
(:en el ejército, la policía) superior
II m (rango militar, policial) superior
Rel Superior
' superior' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ápice
- Cesid
- CSIC
- encima
- ser
- extra
- innegablemente
- larga
- largo
- licenciatura
- pala
- superiora
- abogado
- brazo
- carrera
- creer
- derecho
- educación
- exceder
- jefe
- madre
- mejor
- normal
- superar
- titulado
English:
above
- advanced
- average
- change up
- cut
- degree
- education
- expanse
- high
- higher
- higher education
- higher-up
- outnumber
- outrank
- preeminent
- registrar
- rise above
- self-righteous
- senior
- staff college
- superior
- tertiary
- top
- top-heavy
- upper
- advantage
- A level
- barrister
- better
- boss
- commission
- excess
- fancy
- first
- mother
- move
* * *superior, -ora♦ adj1. [de arriba] top;los pisos superiores tienen mejores vistas the upper floors have better views;la parte superior (de algo) the top (of sth);la mitad superior the top o upper half2. [mayor] higher (a than);ser superior en número, ser numéricamente superior to have a numerical advantage;temperaturas superiores a los 12 grados temperatures above 12 degrees;una cifra superior a 100 a figure greater than 100;lo venden a un precio un 30 por ciento superior al del mercado they are selling it at 30 percent above the market price;por un periodo no superior a tres años for a period not exceeding three yearsuna mujer de inteligencia superior a la media a woman of above-average intelligence;no me creo superior a nadie I don't consider myself superior to anyone4. [excelente] excellent;productos de calidad superior superior-quality products7. Anat upper;el labio/la mandíbula superior the upper lip/jaw8. Geog upper9. Educ higher10. Rel superior11. Geol upper;el Paleolítico superior the Upper Palaeolithic♦ nm,fRel superior, f mother superior♦ nm[jefe] superior* * *I adj2 en jerarquía superior;ser superior a be superior toII m superior* * *superior adj1) : superior2) : uppernivel superior: upper level3) : highereducación superior: higher education4)superior a : above, higher than, in excess ofsuperior nm: superior* * *superior1 adj1. (en general) higher2. (más alto) top3. (en calidad) superiorsuperior2 n superior -
9 superior2
2 = better, high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], higher, pre-eminent [preeminent], superior, upper, heightened, enriched, high-end, preemptive [pre-emptive], top-tier [top tier].Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.Ex. Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.Ex. Relief must be secured from the laborious detailed manipulation of higher mathematics as well, if the users of it are to free their brains for something more than repetitive detailed transformations.Ex. Often it is this factor which is pre-eminent in a decision to provide an in-house bulletin.Ex. Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.Ex. The upper and lower limits for the value are first entered.Ex. The heightened level of community awareness has led some local authorities to take the initiative and to become information disseminators in their own right.Ex. Union Catalogues may also decide that they need more enriched records because of specific needs.Ex. The system provides extensive map facilities which until now have been available only on high-end hypermedia systems like Intermedia.Ex. Coincidentally there has emerged a pre-emptive new technology for the storage, handling and transmission of information, potentially better suited to the convenience of users.Ex. It is much to the credit of the British government that in the current reorganisation of local government it has insisted that public libraries be controlled by the top-tier authorities, those responsible for education and other major services.----* biblioteca de institución de enseñanza superior = tertiary library.* borde superior = top edge.* compartimento superior = overhead bin, overhead locker.* contra fuerzas superiores = against (all/the) odds.* cubierta superior = upper deck.* de calidad superior = best-quality.* de la parte superior = topmost [top most].* demostrar ser superior = prove + superior.* de nivel superior = upper-level, higher-level.* de una clase social superior = above + Posesivo + class.* educación superior = higher education.* en la parte superior = at the top, uppermost, uppermost.* enseñanza superior = higher education, higher learning, tertiary education.* Espacio Europeo para la Educación Superior (EEES) = European Space for Higher Education (ESHE).* esquina superior derecha = upper right corner, upper right-hand corner.* esquina superior izquierda = top left corner, upper left corner, top left-hand corner.* extremidades superiores = upper extremities, upper limbs.* hacer superior = give + Nombre + an edge.* institución de enseñanza superior = tertiary institution.* institución de enseñanza superior no universitaria = college of higher education.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* límite superior = upper bound.* madre superiora = abbess, Mother Superior.* mandíbula superior = maxilla [maxillae, -pl.], upper jaw.* margen superior = top margin.* maxilar superior = maxilla [maxillae, -pl.], upper jaw.* miembros superiores = upper extremities, upper limbs.* nivel superior = top layer.* paleolítico superior, el = Upper Palaeolithic.* parte superior = top, topside.* pensamiento de orden superior = higher-order thinking.* primer año de estudios superiores = freshman year.* quijada superior = upper jaw.* relativo a la enseñanza superior = tertiary.* ser muy superior a los demás = be way above all the others.* ser muy superior a los otros = be way above all the others.* ser superior = supreme being, higher being, superior being.* superior al 10 por ciento = double digit.* superior a los demás = a cut above the rest, a cut above.* término superior = top term, TT.* título superior = advanced degree. -
10 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
11 angustum
angustus, a, um. adj. [v. ango], narrow, strait, esp. of local relations, close, contracted, small, not spacious (syn.: artus, brevis, contractus;I.opp. latus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 92). [p. 120]Lit.:II.fretus,
Lucr. 1, 720:Angustum per iter,
id. 5, 1132; so Sall. J. 92, 7, and Vulg. Judith, 4, 6; 7, 5:pontes angusti,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:domus,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 65:fauces portūs angustissimae,
Caes. B. C. 1, 25:fines,
id. B. G. 1, 2 Herz.:cellae,
Hor. S. 1, 8, 8:rima,
id. Ep. 1, 7, 29:Principis angustā Caprearum in rupe sedentis,
on the narrow rock, Juv. 10, 93 Herm., where Jahn reads augusta, both readings yielding an apposite sense:porta,
Vulg. Matt. 7, 13; ib. Luc. 13, 24 al.— Subst.: angustum, i, n., narrowness:per angustum,
Lucr. 4, 530:angusta viarum,
Verg. A. 2, 332:pontes et viarum angusta,
Tac. H. 4, 35.—Trop.A.In angustum concludere, adducere, deducere, etc., to reduce to a strait, i. e. to restrain, confine, etc.:B.ab illā immensā societate humani generis in exiguum angustumque concluditur,
Cic. Off. 1, 17:amicitia ex infinitā societate generis humani ita contracta est et adducta in angustum, ut, etc.,
id. Am. 5.—Of the passions, to curb, restrain, moderate:perturbationes animi contrahere et in angustum deducere,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10.—Of other things: clavus angustus, the narrow purple stripe upon the tunic, v. clavus:C.spiritus,
short, difficult, Cic. de Or. 1, 61:odor rosae,
not diffused far, Plin. 21, 4, 10, § 14.—Once also of the point of an arrow = acutus, Cels. 7, 5, n. 2.—Of time, short, brief:D.angustus dies,
Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 8; Stat. Th. 1, 442:nox,
Ov. Am. 3, 7, 25:tempus,
Luc. 4, 447.—Of means of living, and the like, pinching, scanty, needy:E.pauperies,
Hor. C. 3, 2, 1:res angusta domi,
Juv. 3, 164:mensa,
Sen. Thyest. 452: domus, poor, i. e. built without much expense, Tac. A. 2, 33.—Of other external relations of life, difficult, critical, uncertain:F.rebus angustis animosus atque Fortis adpare,
Hor. C. 2, 10, 21:cum fides totā Italiā esset angustior,
was weakened, Caes. B. C. 3, 1.— Subst.: angustum, i, n., a difficult, critical, condition, danger: in angustum cogi, * Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 2:res est in angusto,
the condition is perilous, Caes. B. G. 2, 25:spes est in angusto,
hope is feeble, Cels. 8, 4.—Of mind or character, narrow, base, low, mean-spirited:G.nihil est tam angusti animi, tam parvi, quam amare divitias,
Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68:animi angusti et demissi,
id. Pis. 24, 57:ecce autem alii minuti et angusti, aut omnia semper desperantes, aut malevoli, invidi, etc.,
id. Fin. 1, 18, 61.—Of learned investigations that lay too much stress upon little things, subtle, hair-splitting:H.minutae angustaeque concertationes,
Cic. de Or. 3, 31:pungunt (Stoici) quasi aculeis, interrogatiunculis angustis,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7.—Of discourse, brief, simple:I.et angusta quaedam et concisa, et alia est dilatata et fusa oratio,
Cic. Or. 56, 187:Intonet angusto pectore Callimachus,
i.e. in simple style, Prop. 2, 1, 40.— Adv.: angustē.Lit., of space, quantity, or number, within narrow limits, closely, hardly: recepissem te, nisi anguste sederem, if I were not in close quarters, Cic. ap. Macr. S. 2, 3:II.anguste putare vitem,
to prune close, Col. 4, 16, 1; so,anguste aliquid deputare,
id. 4, 22, 3:quā (re frumentariā) anguste utebatur,
in small quantity, Caes. B. C. 3, 16:tantum navium repperit, ut anguste quindecim milia militum, quingentos equites transportare possent, = vix,
scarcely fifteen thousand, id. ib. 3, 2.— Comp.:angustius pabulabantur,
within narrower range, Caes. B. C. 1, 59:aliae (arbores) radices angustius diffundunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 5:quanto sit angustius imperitatum,
Tac. A. 4, 4:eo anno frumentum propter siccitates angustius provenerat,
more scantily, Caes. B. G. 5, 24.— Sup.:Caesar (nitebatur) ut quam angustissime Pompeium contineret,
Caes. B. C. 3, 45:furunculus angustissime praecisus,
Col. 4, 24, 17. —Trop.A.In gen., within narrow limits:B.anguste intraque civiles actiones coërcere rhetoricam,
Quint. 2, 15, 36.— Comp.: haud scio an recte ea virtus frugalitas appellari possit, quod angustius apud Graecos valet, qui frugi homines chrêsimous appellant, id est tantum modo utiles, has a narrower meaning, Cic. Tusc. 3, 8, 16:Reliqui habere se videntur angustius, enatant tamen etc.,
seem to be more hampered, id. ib. 5, 31, 87.—Esp. of speaking or writing, closely, briefly, concisely, without diffuseness: anguste scribere, Cic. Mur. 13, 28:anguste et exiliter dicere,
id. Brut. 84, 289:anguste disserere,
id. Part. Or. 41, 139:presse et anguste rem definire,
id. Or. 33, 117:anguste materiem terminare,
Quint. 7, 4, 40.— Comp.:Pergit idem et urget angustius,
Cic. N. D. 2, 8, 22:concludere brevius angustiusque,
id. ib. 2, 7, 20. -
12 angustus
angustus, a, um. adj. [v. ango], narrow, strait, esp. of local relations, close, contracted, small, not spacious (syn.: artus, brevis, contractus;I.opp. latus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 92). [p. 120]Lit.:II.fretus,
Lucr. 1, 720:Angustum per iter,
id. 5, 1132; so Sall. J. 92, 7, and Vulg. Judith, 4, 6; 7, 5:pontes angusti,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:domus,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 65:fauces portūs angustissimae,
Caes. B. C. 1, 25:fines,
id. B. G. 1, 2 Herz.:cellae,
Hor. S. 1, 8, 8:rima,
id. Ep. 1, 7, 29:Principis angustā Caprearum in rupe sedentis,
on the narrow rock, Juv. 10, 93 Herm., where Jahn reads augusta, both readings yielding an apposite sense:porta,
Vulg. Matt. 7, 13; ib. Luc. 13, 24 al.— Subst.: angustum, i, n., narrowness:per angustum,
Lucr. 4, 530:angusta viarum,
Verg. A. 2, 332:pontes et viarum angusta,
Tac. H. 4, 35.—Trop.A.In angustum concludere, adducere, deducere, etc., to reduce to a strait, i. e. to restrain, confine, etc.:B.ab illā immensā societate humani generis in exiguum angustumque concluditur,
Cic. Off. 1, 17:amicitia ex infinitā societate generis humani ita contracta est et adducta in angustum, ut, etc.,
id. Am. 5.—Of the passions, to curb, restrain, moderate:perturbationes animi contrahere et in angustum deducere,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10.—Of other things: clavus angustus, the narrow purple stripe upon the tunic, v. clavus:C.spiritus,
short, difficult, Cic. de Or. 1, 61:odor rosae,
not diffused far, Plin. 21, 4, 10, § 14.—Once also of the point of an arrow = acutus, Cels. 7, 5, n. 2.—Of time, short, brief:D.angustus dies,
Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 8; Stat. Th. 1, 442:nox,
Ov. Am. 3, 7, 25:tempus,
Luc. 4, 447.—Of means of living, and the like, pinching, scanty, needy:E.pauperies,
Hor. C. 3, 2, 1:res angusta domi,
Juv. 3, 164:mensa,
Sen. Thyest. 452: domus, poor, i. e. built without much expense, Tac. A. 2, 33.—Of other external relations of life, difficult, critical, uncertain:F.rebus angustis animosus atque Fortis adpare,
Hor. C. 2, 10, 21:cum fides totā Italiā esset angustior,
was weakened, Caes. B. C. 3, 1.— Subst.: angustum, i, n., a difficult, critical, condition, danger: in angustum cogi, * Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 2:res est in angusto,
the condition is perilous, Caes. B. G. 2, 25:spes est in angusto,
hope is feeble, Cels. 8, 4.—Of mind or character, narrow, base, low, mean-spirited:G.nihil est tam angusti animi, tam parvi, quam amare divitias,
Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68:animi angusti et demissi,
id. Pis. 24, 57:ecce autem alii minuti et angusti, aut omnia semper desperantes, aut malevoli, invidi, etc.,
id. Fin. 1, 18, 61.—Of learned investigations that lay too much stress upon little things, subtle, hair-splitting:H.minutae angustaeque concertationes,
Cic. de Or. 3, 31:pungunt (Stoici) quasi aculeis, interrogatiunculis angustis,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7.—Of discourse, brief, simple:I.et angusta quaedam et concisa, et alia est dilatata et fusa oratio,
Cic. Or. 56, 187:Intonet angusto pectore Callimachus,
i.e. in simple style, Prop. 2, 1, 40.— Adv.: angustē.Lit., of space, quantity, or number, within narrow limits, closely, hardly: recepissem te, nisi anguste sederem, if I were not in close quarters, Cic. ap. Macr. S. 2, 3:II.anguste putare vitem,
to prune close, Col. 4, 16, 1; so,anguste aliquid deputare,
id. 4, 22, 3:quā (re frumentariā) anguste utebatur,
in small quantity, Caes. B. C. 3, 16:tantum navium repperit, ut anguste quindecim milia militum, quingentos equites transportare possent, = vix,
scarcely fifteen thousand, id. ib. 3, 2.— Comp.:angustius pabulabantur,
within narrower range, Caes. B. C. 1, 59:aliae (arbores) radices angustius diffundunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 5:quanto sit angustius imperitatum,
Tac. A. 4, 4:eo anno frumentum propter siccitates angustius provenerat,
more scantily, Caes. B. G. 5, 24.— Sup.:Caesar (nitebatur) ut quam angustissime Pompeium contineret,
Caes. B. C. 3, 45:furunculus angustissime praecisus,
Col. 4, 24, 17. —Trop.A.In gen., within narrow limits:B.anguste intraque civiles actiones coërcere rhetoricam,
Quint. 2, 15, 36.— Comp.: haud scio an recte ea virtus frugalitas appellari possit, quod angustius apud Graecos valet, qui frugi homines chrêsimous appellant, id est tantum modo utiles, has a narrower meaning, Cic. Tusc. 3, 8, 16:Reliqui habere se videntur angustius, enatant tamen etc.,
seem to be more hampered, id. ib. 5, 31, 87.—Esp. of speaking or writing, closely, briefly, concisely, without diffuseness: anguste scribere, Cic. Mur. 13, 28:anguste et exiliter dicere,
id. Brut. 84, 289:anguste disserere,
id. Part. Or. 41, 139:presse et anguste rem definire,
id. Or. 33, 117:anguste materiem terminare,
Quint. 7, 4, 40.— Comp.:Pergit idem et urget angustius,
Cic. N. D. 2, 8, 22:concludere brevius angustiusque,
id. ib. 2, 7, 20. -
13 fuera
adv.1 outside.hace frío fuera it's cold outsidefuera de la casa outside the houselo echó fuera she threw him outsalen mucho a comer fuera they eat out a lothacia fuera outwardpor fuera (on the) outsidesólo vimos la iglesia por fuera we only saw the church from the outside2 away.a los de fuera les sorprende people who aren't from round here o strangers find it strangeintj.out of here, go away, get out, out.imperf.subj.1 3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Imperfect Subjunctive of Spanish verb: ser.2 1st person singular (yo) Imperfect Subjunctive of Spanish verb: ir.* * *► adverbio1 (exterior) out, outside■ salimos fuera we went out, we went outside2 (alejado) away; (en el extranjero) abroad1 get out!\estar fuera de sí to be beside oneselffuera de combate knocked outfuera de duda beyond doubtfuera de lo normal extraordinary, very unusualfuera de peligro out of dangerfuera de serie extraordinaryjugar fuera DEPORTE to play awayel equipo de fuera DEPORTE the away teamfuera de juego offside————————1→ link=ser ser2→ link=ir ir* * *adv.1) outside, out2) away3) abroad•- fuera de* * *ADV1) [de edificio, objeto] [indicando posición] outside; [indicando dirección] out¡estamos aquí fuera! — we're out here!
¡fuera! — get out!
¡segundos fuera! — (Boxeo) seconds out!
ir o salir fuera — to go out, go outside
hoy vamos a cenar fuera — we're going out for dinner tonight, we're eating out tonight
•
de fuera — from outside•
desde fuera — from outside•
la parte de fuera — the outside, the outer part•
por fuera — (on the) outsidelengua 1)esta camisa se lleva por fuera — this shirt is worn outside, this shirt is not tucked in
2) [de ciudad, trabajo]estar fuera — to be away, be out of town
3) (tb: fuera del país) abroad, out of the country"¡invasores fuera!" — "invaders go home!"
ir o salir fuera — to go abroad
4) (Dep)a) [en un partido]estar fuera — [pelota] (Ftbl) to be out of play; (Rugby) to be in touch; (Tenis) to be out
•
fuera de tiempo, estamos fuera de tiempo — time's up•
tirar fuera — to shoot wideb) (tb: fuera de casa) away, away from home5)•
fuera de —a) (=en el exterior de) outside, out ofestaba fuera de su jaula — it was outside o out of its cage
b) (=aparte) apart from, aside frompero fuera de eso — but apart o aside from that
fuera de que... — apart from the fact that...
c)• fuera de alcance — out of reach
•
fuera de combate — (Mil) wounded; (Boxeo) K.O.ed•
estar fuera de lugar — to be inappropriate, be out of place* * *I1)a) (lugar, parte) [Latin American Spanish also uses afuera in this sense] outsidecomeremos fuera — ( en el jardín) we'll eat outside; ( en un restaurante) we'll eat out
b) ( en el extranjero) abroad, out of the country; (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) awaylos de fuera — ( los extranjeros) foreigners; (los de otros pueblos, ciudades, etc) outsiders
c) ( en interjecciones)2)fuera de — (loc prep)
a) (en el exterior de, más allá de) out offuera del alcance de los proyectiles — outside o beyond the range of the missiles
b) ( excepto) apart fromfuera de eso, me encuentro bien — apart o (AmE) aside from that, I feel fine
fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate (Dep) he knocked him out; fuera de concurso: quedó fuera de concurso he was disqualified; su película se presentó fuera de concurso his movie was shown outside the competition; fuera de cuentas (Esp) overdue; fuera de la ley: vivían fuera de la ley they lived outside the law; fuera de lugar <mueble/persona> out of place; < comentario> inappropriate, out of place; fuera de peligro out of danger; fuera de serie <jugador/cantante> exceptional, outstanding; fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself; fuera de temporada or estación — out of season
•II* * *= in the open.Ex. As expected, bats avoided obstacles while flying through vegetation and intercepted flying prey in the open.----* bebida de fuera = outside drink.* caer fuera de = fall outside, lie beyond.* caer fuera del alcance de = fall outside + the scope of.* caer fuera de las responsabilidades de = be on the outer fringes of.* caer fuera del interés de = lie outside + the scope of.* caer fuera del interés de uno = fall outside + Posesivo + interest.* caer fuera del objetivo de = fall outside + the scope of.* circunstancias que están fuera de + Posesivo + control = circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.* colocar fuera de alcance = place + out of reach.* comer fuera = eat out.* comida de fuera = outside food.* con las garras fuera = knives-out.* con las uñas fuera = knives-out.* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.* dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.* de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.* dentro y fuera de = in and out of.* desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.* desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.* desde fuera = from the outside.* echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.* encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.* estado del ordenador en fuera de línea = offlineness.* estar fuera = be out.* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.* estar fura de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.* fuera de = outside (of), outwith.* fuera de alcance = beyond reach, out of range.* fuera de circulación = out of circulation.* fuera de clase = out-of-class.* fuera de cobertura = out of range.* fuera de control = out-of-control, haywire.* fuera de juego = offside.* fuera de la casa = out-of-home.* fuera del alcance = out of reach.* fuera del alcance de = beyond the scope of.* fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.* fuera del alcance del oído = out of earshot.* fuera de las normas comúnmente aceptadas = beyond the pale.* fuera de la universidad = off-campus.* fuera de la vista = out of view.* fuera del campus = off-campus.* fuera del control de = beyond the control of.* fuera del escenario = off stage.* fuera del horario normal = out of hours, at odd times.* fuera de línea = offline [off-line].* fuera del matrimonio = out of wedlock.* fuera de lo común = eccentric, odd, unordinary, out of the ordinary, a cut above the rest, a cut above.* fuera de lo normal = abnormally + Adjetivo, with a difference, unordinary, out of the ordinary.* fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.* fuera del redil = beyond the pale.* fuera de lugar = out of place, without + Lugar, uncalled-for.* fuera de onda con los tiempos modernos = out of keeping with the times, out of tune with the times.* fuera de peligro = out of the woods, out of harm's way.* fuera de plazo = late.* fuera de + Posesivo + competencia = outside + Posesivo + jurisdiction.* fuera de + Posesivo + control = beyond + Posesivo + control.* fuera de quicio = pissed off, out of + Posesivo + mind, out of + Posesivo + senses.* fuera de rumbo = off course.* fuera de secuencia = out of range.* fuera de serie = crackerjack.* fuera de servicio = off-duty, decomissioned, out of commission.* fuera de temporada = off-season, out of season.* fuera de tino = wide of the mark.* fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.* fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.* gol fuera de juego = offside goal.* hacia dentro y hacia fuera = Verbo + in and out.* hacia fuera = outwards.* impresión fuera de línea = offline print.* mantener Algo fuera de peligro = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.* mina fuera de ruta = roadside bomb.* partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.* pitar fuera de juego = judge + offside.* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.* proyectar hacia fuera = project + outward.* salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.* sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.* tarifa por inscripción fuera de plazo = late registration fee.* tiempo fuera de servicio = downtime.* trabajar a horas fuera de lo normal = work + unsocial hours.* un día fuera = a day out.* usar fuera de contexto = use + out of context.* * *I1)a) (lugar, parte) [Latin American Spanish also uses afuera in this sense] outsidecomeremos fuera — ( en el jardín) we'll eat outside; ( en un restaurante) we'll eat out
b) ( en el extranjero) abroad, out of the country; (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) awaylos de fuera — ( los extranjeros) foreigners; (los de otros pueblos, ciudades, etc) outsiders
c) ( en interjecciones)2)fuera de — (loc prep)
a) (en el exterior de, más allá de) out offuera del alcance de los proyectiles — outside o beyond the range of the missiles
b) ( excepto) apart fromfuera de eso, me encuentro bien — apart o (AmE) aside from that, I feel fine
fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate (Dep) he knocked him out; fuera de concurso: quedó fuera de concurso he was disqualified; su película se presentó fuera de concurso his movie was shown outside the competition; fuera de cuentas (Esp) overdue; fuera de la ley: vivían fuera de la ley they lived outside the law; fuera de lugar <mueble/persona> out of place; < comentario> inappropriate, out of place; fuera de peligro out of danger; fuera de serie <jugador/cantante> exceptional, outstanding; fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself; fuera de temporada or estación — out of season
•II* * *fuera(de)= outside (of), outwithEx: This degree of standardisation is not the pattern outside of this specific area of application.
Ex: Researchers outwith the higher education system consider research library information services inadequate.= in the open.Ex: As expected, bats avoided obstacles while flying through vegetation and intercepted flying prey in the open.
* bebida de fuera = outside drink.* caer fuera de = fall outside, lie beyond.* caer fuera del alcance de = fall outside + the scope of.* caer fuera de las responsabilidades de = be on the outer fringes of.* caer fuera del interés de = lie outside + the scope of.* caer fuera del interés de uno = fall outside + Posesivo + interest.* caer fuera del objetivo de = fall outside + the scope of.* circunstancias que están fuera de + Posesivo + control = circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.* colocar fuera de alcance = place + out of reach.* comer fuera = eat out.* comida de fuera = outside food.* con las garras fuera = knives-out.* con las uñas fuera = knives-out.* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.* dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.* de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.* dentro y fuera de = in and out of.* desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.* desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.* desde fuera = from the outside.* echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.* encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.* estado del ordenador en fuera de línea = offlineness.* estar fuera = be out.* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.* estar fura de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.* fuera de = outside (of), outwith.* fuera de alcance = beyond reach, out of range.* fuera de circulación = out of circulation.* fuera de clase = out-of-class.* fuera de cobertura = out of range.* fuera de control = out-of-control, haywire.* fuera de juego = offside.* fuera de la casa = out-of-home.* fuera del alcance = out of reach.* fuera del alcance de = beyond the scope of.* fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.* fuera del alcance del oído = out of earshot.* fuera de las normas comúnmente aceptadas = beyond the pale.* fuera de la universidad = off-campus.* fuera de la vista = out of view.* fuera del campus = off-campus.* fuera del control de = beyond the control of.* fuera del escenario = off stage.* fuera del horario normal = out of hours, at odd times.* fuera de línea = offline [off-line].* fuera del matrimonio = out of wedlock.* fuera de lo común = eccentric, odd, unordinary, out of the ordinary, a cut above the rest, a cut above.* fuera de lo normal = abnormally + Adjetivo, with a difference, unordinary, out of the ordinary.* fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.* fuera del redil = beyond the pale.* fuera de lugar = out of place, without + Lugar, uncalled-for.* fuera de onda con los tiempos modernos = out of keeping with the times, out of tune with the times.* fuera de peligro = out of the woods, out of harm's way.* fuera de plazo = late.* fuera de + Posesivo + competencia = outside + Posesivo + jurisdiction.* fuera de + Posesivo + control = beyond + Posesivo + control.* fuera de quicio = pissed off, out of + Posesivo + mind, out of + Posesivo + senses.* fuera de rumbo = off course.* fuera de secuencia = out of range.* fuera de serie = crackerjack.* fuera de servicio = off-duty, decomissioned, out of commission.* fuera de temporada = off-season, out of season.* fuera de tino = wide of the mark.* fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.* fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.* gol fuera de juego = offside goal.* hacia dentro y hacia fuera = Verbo + in and out.* hacia fuera = outwards.* impresión fuera de línea = offline print.* mantener Algo fuera de peligro = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.* mina fuera de ruta = roadside bomb.* partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.* pitar fuera de juego = judge + offside.* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.* proyectar hacia fuera = project + outward.* salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.* sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.* tarifa por inscripción fuera de plazo = late registration fee.* tiempo fuera de servicio = downtime.* trabajar a horas fuera de lo normal = work + unsocial hours.* un día fuera = a day out.* usar fuera de contexto = use + out of context.* * *Ael perro duerme fuera the dog sleeps outsideaquí fuera se está muy bien it's very nice out herecomeremos fuera (en el jardín) we'll eat out in the garden o outside o outdoors; (en un restaurante) we'll eat outqueremos pintar la casa por fuera we want to paint the outside o the exterior of the housepor fuera es rojo it's red on the outsidecose/lava para fuera she does sewing for other people/takes in washing2 (en el extranjero) abroad, out of the country; (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) away3(en interjecciones): ¡fuera de aquí! get out of here!, get out!¡fuera los traidores! traitors out!¡fuera cuentos! ¡a la escuela! ( Esp); no more excuses o that's enough of your excuses, off to school with you!en sus marcas, listos, ¡fuera! ( Méx); on your marks, get set, go!B1(en el exterior de, más allá de): ¿quién dejó el helado fuera del congelador? who left the ice cream out of the freezer?pasa mucho tiempo fuera del país he spends a lot of time out of the country o abroadocurrió fuera del edificio it happened outside the buildingel precio está fuera de mi alcance it's out of my price rangeponlo fuera del alcance de los niños put it out of reach of the children, put it out of the children's reachfuera del alcance de los proyectiles outside o beyond the range of the missiles2 (excepto) apart fromfuera de estos zapatos, no me he comprado nada I haven't bought myself anything, apart from o except for these shoesfuera de eso, me encuentro bien apart from that o otherwise o ( AmE) aside from that, I feel fine3(además): fuera de que su padre tampoco se lo permitiría besides which o apart from which her father wouldn't allow it anywayC ( en otras locs):fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate ( Dep) he knocked him outtras el escándalo quedó fuera de combate after the scandal he was out of the running, the scandal knocked o put him out of the runningfuera de concurso: quedó fuera de concurso he was disqualifiedsu película se presentó fuera de concurso his movie was shown outside the competitionfuera de cuentas overduefuera de la ley: vivían fuera de la ley they lived outside the law o as outlawsfuera de lugar ‹mueble/persona› out of place;‹comentario› inappropriate, out of placeestuvo totalmente fuera de lugar que lo interrumpieras así it was completely out of order to interrupt him like thatfuera de peligro out of dangerfuera de serie ‹jugador/cantante› exceptional, outstanding;‹máquina/mueble› custom-built, one-offun verano fuera de serie an exceptionally good summerfuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himselffuera de temporada or estación out of seasonCompuestos:masculine (pl fuera de borda) (lancha) outboard, boat with an outboard motor o engine; (motor) outboard motor o engine, outboardmasculine offsideestaba en fuera de juego he was offsidesu nuevo chef es un fuera de serie their new chef is exceptionally good o is quite exceptional o is outstanding* * *
Del verbo ir: ( conjugate ir)
fuera es:
1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo
Del verbo ser: ( conjugate ser)
fuera es:
1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo
Multiple Entries:
fuera
ir
ser
fuera adverbio
1a) (lugar, parte) Latin American Spanish also uses
comeremos fuera ( en el jardín) we'll eat outside;
( en un restaurante) we'll eat out;
aquí fuera se está muy bien it's very nice out here;
se pasa el día fuera she's out all day
(del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) away
2
ocurrió fuera del edificio it happened outside the building;
fuera de peligro/lugar out of danger/place;
¡fuera (de aquí)! get out (of here)!
◊ fuera de eso, me encuentro bien apart o (AmE) aside from that, I feel fine
3 ( en otras locs):◊ fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate (Dep) he knocked him out;
fuera de serie ‹jugador/cantante› exceptional, outstanding;
fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself;
fuera de temporada out of season
ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
fuera por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el fuera y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
fuera de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
fuera por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) fuera a + inf:◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;
ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb fuera v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;
tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
voy a fuera de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) fuera de algo to go (along) as sth;
1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) fuera a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;
va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;
voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;
¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;
va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;
¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2a) ( combinar) fuera con algo to go with sthb) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
te fueraá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) fuerale a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
1◊ vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;
¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!c) (al aclarar, resumir):◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2◊ vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;
¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!
fuera v aux fuera a + inf:
1a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;
va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;
bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
ya puedes fuera haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;
vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;
se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
(+ me/te/le etc)◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?
4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down
5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):◊ fuerase de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;
me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;
es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
era cierto it was true;
sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;
(+ me/te/le etc)
ver tb imposible, difícil etc
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
es viuda she's a widow;
ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;
ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):
soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
5 (hipótesis, futuro):
¿será cierto? can it be true?
verbo intransitivo
1
b) (liter) ( en cuentos):◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …
2a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):
¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?b) ( en preguntas):◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;
¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
3 ( sumar):◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;
son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) fuera para algo to be for sth;
( en locs)
¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
(ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
sea como sea at all costs;
sea cuando sea whenever it is;
sea donde sea no matter where;
sea quien sea whoever it is;
si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
( en el tiempo) to be;◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;
serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
ver tb v impers
fuera v impers to be;
fuera v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
■ sustantivo masculino
1
◊ fuera humano/vivo human/living beingb) (individuo, persona):
2 ( naturaleza):
fuera adverbio
1 (en/hacia la parte exterior) outside, out: fuera hacía mucho calor, it was hot outside
salgamos fuera, let's go out
2 (no en el lugar habitual) out, away: comeremos fuera, we'll go out for lunch
está fuera, she's away
3 Dep fuera de juego, offside
nuestro equipo juega fuera, our team is playing away
ganaron los de fuera, the away team won
4 (sobrepasando límites prescritos) after
fuera de alcance, out of reach
fuera de horario, after hours
fuera de plazo, after the deadline
(más allá) beyond, out of
fuera de mis posiblidades, beyond my means
fuera de peligro, out of danger
♦ Locuciones: estar fuera de sí, to be beside oneself
fuera de serie, extraordinary
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
(al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
(adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
' fuera' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alcance
- balón
- biruji
- borda
- combate
- convencer
- dejar
- desencajada
- desencajado
- desentonar
- desleal
- desplazada
- desplazado
- destiempo
- duda
- espuela
- extemporánea
- extemporáneo
- exterior
- extraescolar
- fenomenal
- haber
- juego
- lengua
- lógica
- lugar
- mayoría
- necesaria
- necesario
- onda
- plazo
- proscrita
- proscrito
- quicio
- revés
- salir
- serie
- servicio
- tono
- única
- único
- afuera
- anhelar
- cena
- comer
- común
- cual
- desnivelado
- esperar
- lancha
English:
add to
- amok
- annul
- around-the clock
- away
- beside
- beyond
- boot
- bound
- busing
- care
- catapult
- chase away
- clear
- commission
- control
- danger
- dine
- distraught
- dome
- eat out
- ex
- exclude
- farm out
- go out
- hand
- here
- house-sit
- lest
- look out
- meal
- misplaced
- off-duty
- off-limits
- off-piste
- off-screen
- offside
- one-off
- ordinary
- original
- out
- out of
- out-of-bounds
- outdoors
- outside
- outward
- outwards
- piste
- place
- play
* * *♦♦ adv1. [en el exterior] outside;hace frío fuera it's cold outside;lo echó fuera she threw him out;salen mucho a comer fuera they eat out a lot;fuera de la casa outside the house;el ruido viene de fuera the noise is coming from outside;hacia fuera outwards;sólo vimos la catedral por fuera we only saw the cathedral from the outside;llevas la camisa por fuera your shirt isn't tucked in properly;por fuera es de color amarillo it's yellow on the outside2. [en otro lugar] away;[en el extranjero] abroad;de fuera [extranjero] from abroad;Marta está fuera [de viaje] Marta is away;[ha salido] Marta is out;a los de fuera les sorprenden mucho las costumbres locales people who aren't from round here o strangers find the local customs very strange3.[cálculos, competencia] outside;fuera de [alcance, peligro] out of;estar fuera de sí to be beside oneself (with rage);ese comentario está fuera de lugar that remark is out of place;fuera de plazo after the closing date;fuera de la ley illegal;fuera de control out of control;presentó su película fuera de concurso his film was shown, but not judged as part of the competitionfuera de banda out of play;fuera de combate knocked out;Fig out of action;fuera de juego offside;estar en fuera de juego to be offside;Esppillar a alguien en fuera de juego to catch sb out;Am fuera de lugar offside; Amestar en fuera de lugar to be offsidejugar fuera to play away (from home);el equipo de fuera the away team6.fuera de [excepto] except for, apart from;fuera de eso, he cumplido todos tus caprichos apart from that, I've done everything you wanted me to;fuera de bromas, ¿has fijado ya una fecha para la boda? seriously though o joking apart, have you set a date for the wedding yet?;fuera de serie exceptional, out of the ordinary;ser un fuera de serie to be one of a kind♦ interj[de habitación, lugar] get out!; [en el teatro] get off!;¡fuera, fuera, fuera! [cántico] off!, off!, off!;¡fuera los políticos corruptos! out with all corrupt politicians!;¡fuera de aquí! get out of my sight!* * *por fuera on the outside;de fuera de otro departamento, cuerpo de policía etc from outside, outside atr ; de otro lugar strange; persona stranger; de otro país foreign; persona foreigner;¡fuera! get out!III prp:fuera de outside;¡sal fuera de aquí! get out of here!;está fuera del país he’s abroad, he’s out of the country;fuera de eso aside from that, apart from that;estar fuera de sí be beside o.s.* * *fuera adv1) : outside, out2) : abroad, away3)fuera de : outside of, out of, beyond4)fuera de : besides, in addition tofuera de eso: aside from that5)fuera de lugar : out of place, amiss* * *fuera1 adv1. (en el exterior) outside2. (no en casa, no en su sitio) out¿quién ha dejado la leche fuera de la nevera? who left the milk out of the fridge?3. (lejos de casa) away4. (del país) abroadfuera2 interj1. (para echar a alguien) get out!2. (para protestar) off! / out! -
14 ἀπό
ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away fromⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.3-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.③ to indicate origin or source, fromⓐ lit., with verbs of motionα. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcomeⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer6-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, ofα. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.2 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M. -
15 zona
f.1 zone, area (espacio).¿vives por la zona? do you live around here? (por aquí)ésta es la zona de copas de la ciudad this is the center of the city's nightlifezona de carga y descarga loading bayzona catastrófica disaster areazona comercial shopping areazona erógena erogenous zonezona de exclusión exclusion zonezona euro euro zonezona de guerra war zonezona de libre comercio free-trade zonezona peatonal pedestrian precinctzona residencial residential area2 key.3 zona.* * *1 area2 (fronteriza, militar) zone\zona azul parking meter zonezona edificada built-up areazona fronteriza border zonezona glacial frigid zonezona templada temperate zonezona tórrida torrid zonezona verde green zone* * *noun f.area, district, zone* * *SF1) [en país, región] arealas zonas más ricas/remotas/deprimidas del país — the richest/remotest/most depressed areas o parts of the country
la zona norte/sur/este/oeste de la isla — the northern/southern/eastern/western part of the island
comimos en uno de los restaurantes típicos de la zona — we ate in a restaurant typical of the area, we ate in a typical local restaurant
zona de conflicto — (Mil) conflict zone
zona de libre comercio — free-trade zone, free-trade area
zona de peligro — danger zone, danger area
zona fronteriza — [gen] border area; (Mil) border zone
zona militar — military zone, military area
2) [en ciudad] area•
zona de copas, ¿dónde está la zona de copas? — where do people go out to drink?zona marginada — CAm slum area
3) [en edificio, recinto] areazona ancha — (Dep) midfield
zona de castigo — (Dep) sin bin
zona de penumbra, zona de sombra — (lit) shaded area; (fig) area of secrecy
zona oscura, las zonas oscuras de la personalidad — the hidden areas of the personality
las zonas oscuras de la política — the shady o murky areas of politics
4) (Geog) zone5) (Anat, Med) area6) (Baloncesto) free-zone lane* * *1) (área, región) area2) ( en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area* * *= area, zone, bit, radius, area, service area, tract.Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.Ex. But now the traditional industrial zone is declining and a new 'technopolis' is proposed for the area.Ex. The assistant in charge of a section will see that their bit is kept tidy and will keep an eye open for thieves.Ex. The fact that the library can only attract people within a relatively small radius means that it has no alternative but to serve whoever lives -- or works -- in that radius.Ex. Libraries usually arrange separate areas where current periodicals, maps, government publications, early printed books and manuscripts are housed.Ex. The study examined the relative use of different service areas of the library = El estudio analizó al uso relativo de las diferentes zonas de la biblioteca.Ex. Protecting the remaining large tracts of tropical forests is not a financially impossible task.----* biblioteca de la zona ártica = arctic library.* biblioteca de zona rural = rural library.* ciencia de las zonas polares = polar science.* de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.* dividir en zonas = zone.* en la zona de = in the land of.* en + Posesivo + zona = in + Posesivo + neck of the woods.* ser zona prohibida = be off limits.* una zona de = a stretch of.* usar sobre la zona afectada = use + topically.* zona abierta = open area.* zona activa = hot spot.* zona alejada = reaches.* zona alveolar = alveolar region.* zona bélica = war zone.* zona béntica, la = benthic zone, the.* zona central = midsection [mid-section].* zona central de un Lugar = heartland.* zona cero = ground zero.* zona climática = climatic zone.* zona comercial = business district, shopping area, shopping district.* zona con aparatos electrónicos = equipment area.* zona con césped = grassy area.* zona costera = seafront, coastal area.* zona de amortiguamiento = buffer zone.* zona de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area, landing area.* sitio de aterrizaje = landing area.* zona de bienestar = comfort zone.* zona de captación = catchment area.* zona de carga = loading dock, loading bay.* zona de columpios y pistas deportivas = playground.* zona de comodidad = comfort zone.* zona de confort = comfort zone.* zona de cultivo del trigo = wheatbelt.* zona de descanso = rest area.* zona de desempleo = pocket of unemployment.* zona de estudio = study area, study facilities.* zona de exclusión aérea = no-fly zone.* zona de guerra = war zone.* zona del centro = midsection [mid-section].* zona del euro, la = euro zone, the, euro zone, the, euro area, the.* zona del interior = hinterland.* zona de los tres estados = tristate area.* zona de no fumadores = non-smoking area.* zona de ocio = leisure facilities.* zona de ocupación = zone of occupation, occupation zone.* zona de pasto = feeding ground, grazing area.* zona deprimida del centro de la ciudad = inner city.* zona de producción de trigo = wheatbelt.* zona de recogida de lo sobrante = overflow area.* zona de recreo = playground.* zona desnuclearizada = nuclear-free zone, nuclear-free.* zona despejada = open area.* zona de transición = buffer zone.* zona dolorida = sore point, sore spot.* zona entre mareas = intertidal zone.* zona geográfica = geographical area.* zona gris = grey area [gray area].* zona habitable = living area.* zona húmeda = wetland.* zona industrial = industrial area.* zona interior despoblada = backcountry.* zona junto a la playa = beachfront.* zona libre de humo = smoke-free zone, smoke-free area.* zona limítrofe = fringe area.* zona marginada = deprived area.* zona menos favorecida = less favoured area.* zona neutral = buffer zone.* zona pantanosa = marshland, marsh, marshy area, fen.* zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.* zona para sentarse = seating area.* zona peligrosa = no-go area.* zona penumbrosa = twilight zone.* zona problemática = problem area.* zona prohibida = no-go area.* zona protegida = safe haven, safe harbour, protected area.* zona pública = public area.* zona residencial = residential area, suburban area, estate.* zona rural = country, rural area, hinterland, countryside, rural region.* zona sin cultivar = wildland.* zonas inhabitadas del interior = back country.* zonas más alejadas = outlying areas.* zonas salvajes del interior = back country.* zona suburbana = suburban area.* zona tampón = buffer zone.* zona tectónica = fault zone.* zona templada, la = temperate zone, the.* zona tórrida, la = torrid zone, the.* zona urbana = urban area.* zona verde = parkland area, grassy area.* * *1) (área, región) area2) ( en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area* * *= area, zone, bit, radius, area, service area, tract.Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.
Ex: But now the traditional industrial zone is declining and a new 'technopolis' is proposed for the area.Ex: The assistant in charge of a section will see that their bit is kept tidy and will keep an eye open for thieves.Ex: The fact that the library can only attract people within a relatively small radius means that it has no alternative but to serve whoever lives -- or works -- in that radius.Ex: Libraries usually arrange separate areas where current periodicals, maps, government publications, early printed books and manuscripts are housed.Ex: The study examined the relative use of different service areas of the library = El estudio analizó al uso relativo de las diferentes zonas de la biblioteca.Ex: Protecting the remaining large tracts of tropical forests is not a financially impossible task.* biblioteca de la zona ártica = arctic library.* biblioteca de zona rural = rural library.* ciencia de las zonas polares = polar science.* de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.* dividir en zonas = zone.* en la zona de = in the land of.* en + Posesivo + zona = in + Posesivo + neck of the woods.* ser zona prohibida = be off limits.* una zona de = a stretch of.* usar sobre la zona afectada = use + topically.* zona abierta = open area.* zona activa = hot spot.* zona alejada = reaches.* zona alveolar = alveolar region.* zona bélica = war zone.* zona béntica, la = benthic zone, the.* zona central = midsection [mid-section].* zona central de un Lugar = heartland.* zona cero = ground zero.* zona climática = climatic zone.* zona comercial = business district, shopping area, shopping district.* zona con aparatos electrónicos = equipment area.* zona con césped = grassy area.* zona costera = seafront, coastal area.* zona de amortiguamiento = buffer zone.* zona de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area, landing area.* sitio de aterrizaje = landing area.* zona de bienestar = comfort zone.* zona de captación = catchment area.* zona de carga = loading dock, loading bay.* zona de columpios y pistas deportivas = playground.* zona de comodidad = comfort zone.* zona de confort = comfort zone.* zona de cultivo del trigo = wheatbelt.* zona de descanso = rest area.* zona de desempleo = pocket of unemployment.* zona de estudio = study area, study facilities.* zona de exclusión aérea = no-fly zone.* zona de guerra = war zone.* zona del centro = midsection [mid-section].* zona del euro, la = euro zone, the, euro zone, the, euro area, the.* zona del interior = hinterland.* zona de los tres estados = tristate area.* zona de no fumadores = non-smoking area.* zona de ocio = leisure facilities.* zona de ocupación = zone of occupation, occupation zone.* zona de pasto = feeding ground, grazing area.* zona deprimida del centro de la ciudad = inner city.* zona de producción de trigo = wheatbelt.* zona de recogida de lo sobrante = overflow area.* zona de recreo = playground.* zona desnuclearizada = nuclear-free zone, nuclear-free.* zona despejada = open area.* zona de transición = buffer zone.* zona dolorida = sore point, sore spot.* zona entre mareas = intertidal zone.* zona geográfica = geographical area.* zona gris = grey area [gray area].* zona habitable = living area.* zona húmeda = wetland.* zona industrial = industrial area.* zona interior despoblada = backcountry.* zona junto a la playa = beachfront.* zona libre de humo = smoke-free zone, smoke-free area.* zona limítrofe = fringe area.* zona marginada = deprived area.* zona menos favorecida = less favoured area.* zona neutral = buffer zone.* zona pantanosa = marshland, marsh, marshy area, fen.* zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.* zona para sentarse = seating area.* zona peligrosa = no-go area.* zona penumbrosa = twilight zone.* zona problemática = problem area.* zona prohibida = no-go area.* zona protegida = safe haven, safe harbour, protected area.* zona pública = public area.* zona residencial = residential area, suburban area, estate.* zona rural = country, rural area, hinterland, countryside, rural region.* zona sin cultivar = wildland.* zonas inhabitadas del interior = back country.* zonas más alejadas = outlying areas.* zonas salvajes del interior = back country.* zona suburbana = suburban area.* zona tampón = buffer zone.* zona tectónica = fault zone.* zona templada, la = temperate zone, the.* zona tórrida, la = torrid zone, the.* zona urbana = urban area.* zona verde = parkland area, grassy area.* * *A (área, región) area¿por qué zona viven? what area do they live in?en la zona fronteriza in the border area o zonezonas montañosas mountainous areas o regionspor esa zona no hay servicio de autobuses there is no bus service in that areafue declarada zona neutral it was declared a neutral zonezona de influencia sphere of influence[ S ] zona de carga y descarga loading and unloading onlyCompuestos:disaster areaground zerocommercial district, business quarter o areapenalty areacombat zone o areacrisis zoneboarding area( Esp) area of new developmentline of scrimmageexclusion zoneno-fly zonewar zonewar zonefree-trade zonemaximum security zone o areadanger area o zonetest site, testing grounddeparture lounge o areanuclear-free zone o areared-light districterogenous zoneeurozoneduty-free zoneindustrial park, industrial estate ( BrE)military zone o areanuclear-free zone o areabuffer zonepedestrian precinct o zone o area( AmL) (zona de prostitución) red-light district; ( Esp fam) (durante la guerra civil) Republican-held territory( Telec) dead zonebuffer zonetemperate zone o regiontropical zone o regionpark, green spaceB (en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area* * *
zona sustantivo femenino
1 (área, región) area;
( on signs) zona de carga y descarga loading and unloading only;
zona de castigo penalty area;
zona industrial industrial park;
zona peatonal pedestrian precinct;
zona roja (AmL) ( zona de prostitución) red-light district;
zona verde park, green space;
zona cero ( en Nueva York) ground zero
2 ( en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area
zona sustantivo femenino
1 zone
2 (de un territorio, gran extensión) area, region
zona de obras, work area
zona de operaciones, operational zone
zona militar, military zone
zona verde, park, green space
3 Dep zone
' zona' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acampada
- antinuclear
- arrasar
- barrio
- cabaña
- ciudad
- comisionada
- comisionado
- concurrida
- concurrido
- construcción
- contingente
- deprimida
- deprimido
- desalojar
- este
- expolio
- franca
- franco
- francófona
- francófono
- glacial
- huerta
- milimétrica
- milimétrico
- oasis
- pacificar
- peinar
- peinada
- peinado
- rastrear
- rastreo
- riego
- sombra
- teatro
- urbanización
- vecindario
- vinícola
- apartado
- azucarero
- bajío
- cabezón
- campo
- carga
- cargue
- combate
- comercial
- concreto
- conflictivo
- desértico
English:
area
- belt
- busing
- clearance
- coastal
- compound
- country
- danger area
- decline
- demonstrate
- disaster area
- enclose
- enclosure
- enter
- grey area
- industrial area
- local
- pedestrianize
- precinct
- scour
- seal off
- smokeless zone
- stricken
- testing ground
- unemployment
- waterfront
- well-known
- zone
- area code
- around
- canvass
- catchment area
- district
- diverse
- division
- extreme
- -free
- green
- ground
- high
- incoming
- industrial
- inner
- locally
- neighborhood
- no-fly zone
- off
- out
- pedestrian
- red
* * *zona nf1. [espacio, área] zone, area;una zona montañosa/turística a mountainous/tourist area;la zona norte/sur de la isla the northern/southern part of the island;en las zonas más aisladas/pobres in the most remote/poorest areas;¿vives por la zona? [por aquí] do you live around here?;ésta es la zona de copas de la ciudad this is the centre of the city's nightlifezona azul [de estacionamiento] restricted parking zone;zona catastrófica disaster area;zona cero [en Nueva York] ground zero;zona climática climatic zone;zona comercial shopping area;zona conflictiva trouble spot;zona de conflicto [en guerra] war zone, battle zone;zona edificada built-up area;zona erógena erogenous zone;zona euro euro zone;zona de exclusión exclusion zone;Com zona franca free-trade zone;zona de no fumadores no-smoking area;zona glacial glacial region;zona de guerra war zone;zona húmeda wetland area;zona intermareal intertidal zone;Meteo zona de inversión thermal o temperature inversion zone;zona de libre comercio free-trade zone;zona de marca [en rugby] in-goal area;zona militar military area o zone;Esp zona nacional [en la guerra] = the area controlled by Nationalist forces during the Spanish Civil War;zona peatonal pedestrian area o precinct;zona protegida [natural] conservation area;zona residencial residential area;zona roja Esp [en la guerra] = term used by Nationalists to refer to Republican-controlled areas during the Spanish Civil War;Am [de prostitución] red-light district;Zona Rosa [en México DF] = elegant tourist and shopping area in Mexico City;zona de seguridad [entre países] buffer zone;zona templada temperate zone;Am Anticuado zona de tolerancia red-light district;zona tórrida tropics, Espec torrid zone;zona de urgente reindustrialización = region given priority status for industrial investment, Br ≈ enterprise zone;zona verde [grande] park, green area;[pequeña] lawn2. [en baloncesto] [área] key3. [en baloncesto] [violación] three-seconds violation* * *f1 area, zone* * *zona nf: zone, district, area* * *zona n1. (área) area2. (militar, geográfica) zone -
16 statuo
stătŭo, ui, utum, 3, v. a. [statum, sup. of sto], to cause to stand (cf.: colloco, pono).I.Corporeally.A. 1.To set up, set in the ground, erect:2.ibi arbores pedicino in lapide statuito,
Cato, R. R. 18:inter parietes arbores ubi statues,
id. ib.:stipites statuito,
id. ib.:palis statutis crebris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 14 init.:pedamenta jacentia statuenda,
are to be raised, Col. 4, 26:pedamentum inter duas vitis,
Plin. 17, 22, 21, § 194:hic statui volo primum aquilam,
the standard of the troops, Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:signifer, statue signum,
plant the ensign, Liv. 5, 55, 1; Val. Max. 1, 5, 1.—To plant (rare):3. a.eodem modo vineam statuito, alligato, flexatoque uti fuerit,
Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 198:agro qui statuit meo Te, triste lignum (i. e. arborem),
Hor. C. 2, 13, 10.—Without specifying the place:b.ollam statuito cum aqua,
let a jar stand with water, Cato, R. R. 156 (157):crateras magnos statuunt, i. e. on the table,
Verg. A. 1, 724; so,crateras laeti statuunt,
id. ib. 7, 147: haec carina satis probe fundata et bene statuta est, well placed, i. e. so that the hull stands perpendicularly (cf.:bene lineatam carinam collocavit, v. 42),
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 44:nec quidquam explicare, nec statuere potuerant, nec quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia perscindente vento,
Liv. 21, 58, 7:eo die tabernacula statui passus non est,
to pitch, Caes. B. C. 1, 81; so, aciem statuere, to draw up an army:aciem quam arte statuerat, latius porrigit,
Sall. J. 52, 6.—With designation of the place by in and abl.; by adv. of place; by ante, apud, ad, circa, super, and acc.; by pro and abl.; by abl. alone (very rare), or by in and acc. (very rare): signa domi pro supellectile statuere, Cato ap. Prisc. 7, 19, 95 (p. 782 P.):4. a.statuite hic lectulos,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:etiamsi in caelo Capitolium statueretur,
Cic. Or. 3, 46, 180:statuitur Sollius in illo gladiatorum convivio... atuitur, ut dico, eques Romanus in Apronii convivio,
is taken to the banquet, id. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 sq.:tabernacula in foro statuere,
Liv. 39, 46, 3:in principiis statuit tabernaculum,
Nep. Eum. 7, 1:in nostris castris tibi tabernaculum statue,
Curt. 5, 11, 6; 8, 13, 20:statui in medium undique conspicuum tabernaculum jussit,
id. 9, 6, 1:(sagittae) longae, nisi prius in terra statuerent arcum, haud satis apte imponuntur,
id. 8, 14, 19:sedes curules sacerdotum Augustalium locis, superque eas querceae coronae statuerentur,
Tac. A. 2, 83:donum deae apud Antium statuitur,
id. ib. 3, 71:pro rigidis calamos columnis,
Ov. F. 3, 529:jamque ratem Scythicis auster statuisset in oris,
Val. Fl. 3, 653:statuere vas in loco frigido,
Pall. Oct. 22.—Of living beings:capite in terram statuerem, Ut cerebro dispergat viam,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 18:qui capite ipse sua in statuit vestigia sese (= qui sese ipse capite in sua vestigia statuit),
i. e. stands on his head, Lucr. 4, 472:patrem ejus a mortuis excitasses, statuisses ante oculos,
Cic. Or. 1, 57, 245:captivos vinctos in medio statuit,
Liv. 21, 42, 1:ubi primum equus Curtium in vado statuit,
id. 1, 13, 5:quattuor cohortes in fronte statuit,
id. 28, 33, 12:ante se statuit funditores,
id. 42, 58, 10:puerum ad canendum ante tibicinem cum statuisset,
id. 7, 2, 9:procul in conspectu eum (Philopoemenem) statuerunt,
id. 39, 49, 11:media porta robora legionum, duabus circa portis milites levemque armaturam statuit,
id. 23, 16, 8:bovem ad fanum Dianae et ante aram statuit,
id. 1, 45, 6:cum Calchanta circa aram statuisset,
Val. Max. 8, 11, ext. 6:marium si qui eo loci statuisset,
id. 3, 1, 2 fin.:adulescentes ante Caesarem statuunt,
Tac. A. 4, 8:in fronte statuerat ferratos, in cornibus cohortes,
id. ib. 3, 45:puer quis Ad cyathum statuetur?
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8:tu cum pro vitula statuis dulcem Aulide natam Ante aras,
id. S. 2, 3, 199:et statuam ante aras aurata fronte juvencum,
Verg. A. 9, 627:clara regione profundi Aetheros innumeri statuerunt agmina cygni,
Stat. Th. 3, 525.—Of statues, temples, columns, altars, trophies, etc.; constr. with acc. alone, or acc. of the structure and dat. of the person for whom or in whose honor it is erected:b.siquidem mihi aram et statuam statuis,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 122:huic statuam statui decet ex auro,
id. Bacch. 4, 4, 1:ne ego aurea pro statua vineam tibi statuam,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 52:eique statuam equestrem in rostris statui placere,
Cic. Phil. 5, 15, 41; so id. ib. 9, 5, 10; 9, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 62, § 151; 2, 2, 20, § 48; so,simulacrum alicui statuere,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:effigiem,
Verg. A. 2, 184:Mancinus eo habitu sibi statuit quo, etc. (effigiem),
Plin. 34, 5, 10, § 18:simulacrum in curia,
Tac. A. 14, 12:quanam in civitate tempium statueretur,
id. ib. 4, 55:se primos templum urbis Romae statuisse,
id. ib. 4, 56; so id. ib. 4, 15:nec tibi de Pario statuam, Germanice, templum,
Ov. P. 4, 8, 31:templa tibi statuam, tribuam tibi turis honorem,
id. M. 14, 128:super terrae tumulum noluit quid statui nisi columellam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 66:victimas atque aras diis Manibus statuentes,
Tac. A. 3, 2:statuitque aras e cespite,
Ov. M. 7, 240:statuantur arae,
Sen. Med. 579:aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 69:monumentum,
id. ib. § 70; so,in alio orbe tropaea statuere,
Curt. 7, 7, 14;so,
Plin. 3, 3, 4, § 18: ut illum di perdant qui primus statuit hic solarium, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Gell. 3, 3, 5:princeps Romanis solarium horologium statuisse L. Papirius Cursor proditur,
Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 213:a miliario in capite Romani fori statuto,
id. 3, 5, 9, § 66:carceres eo anno in Circo primum statuti,
Liv. 8, 20, 1:quo molem hanc immanis equi statuere?
Verg. A. 2, 150:multo altiorem statui crucem jussit,
Suet. Galb. 9:obeliscam,
Plin. 36, 9, 14, § 71:at nunc disturba quas statuisti machinas,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 137:incensis operibus quae statuerat,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4:si vallum statuitur procul urbis illecebris,
Tac. A. 4, 2:castra in quinto lapide a Carthagine statuit,
Just. 22, 6, 9.—Poet. and in post-class. prose (rare):5.aliquem statuere = alicui statuam statuere: inter et Aegidas media statuaris in urbe,
Ov. H. 2, 67:statuarque tumulo hilaris et coronatus,
my statue will be erected, Tac. Dial. 13; so with two acc.: custodem medio statuit quam vilicus horto, whose statue he placed as protectress, etc., Mart. 3, 68, 9; cf.in double sense: nudam te statuet, i. e. nudam faciet (= nudabit fortunis), and statuam tibi nu dam faciet,
Mart. 4, 28, 8.—Of cities, etc., to establish, found, build (in class. prose usu. condo):B.Agamemnon tres ibi urbes statuit,
Vell. 1, 1, 2:urbem quam statuo vestra est,
Verg. A. 1, 573:urbom praeclaram,
id. ib. 4, 655:Persarum statuit Babylona Semiramis urbem,
Prop. 3, 11 (4, 10), 21:ibi civitatem statuerunt,
Just. 23, 1; so,licentia et impunitas asyla statuendi (= aperiendi),
Tac. A. 3, 60.—Hence, transf.: carmen statuere = carmen condere, to compose, devise a song:nunc volucrum... inexpertum carmen, quod tacita statuere bruma,
Stat. S. 4, 5, 12.—To cause to stand still, to stop (rare; cf.C.sisto, III. B.): navem extemplo statuimus,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 57:et statuit fessos, fessus et ipse, boves,
Prop. 4 (5), 9, 4:famuli hoc modo statuerunt aquas,
Arn. 1, p. 30: sanguinem, Oct. Hor. 4.—To cause to stand firm, strengthen, support (rare; = stabilire), only transf.: qui rem publicam certo animo adjuverit, statuerit, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 56, 120 (Trag. Rel. v. 357 Rib.).II.Trop.A.To establish, constitute (= constituo).1.Esp.: exemplum or documentum (v. edo fin., and cf. Sen. Phoen. 320), to set forth an example or precedent for warning or imitation:2.statuite exemplum impudenti, date pudori praemium,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 6:exemplum statuite in me ut adulescentuli Vobis placere studeant potius quam sibi,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 51; Auct. Her. 4, 35, 47:ut illi intellegere possint, in quo homine statueris exemplum hujus modi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 45, § 111:in quos aliquid exempli populus Romanus statui putat oportere,
id. ib. 2, 3, 90, §210: statuam in te exemplum, ne quis posthac infelicibus miseriis patriae illudat,
Just. 8, 7, 14:documentum autem statui oportere, si quis resipiscat et antiquam societatem respiciat,
Liv. 24, 45, 5: statueretur immo [p. 1753] documentum, quo uxorem imperator acciperet, a precedent, Tac. A. 12, 6.—Jus statuere, to establish a principle or relation of law:3.ut (majores nostri) omnia omnium rerum jura statuerint,
Cic. Caecin. 12, 34: qui magistratum potestatemve habebit, si quid in aliquem novi juris statuerit, ipse quoque, adversario postulante, eodem jure uti debebit, if he has established any new principle of law, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 2, 2, 1, § 1:si quid injungere inferiori velis, id prius in te ac tuos si ipse juris statueris, facilius omnes oboedientes habeas,
if you first admit it against yourself, Liv. 26, 36, 3:si dicemus in omnibus aequabile jus statui convenire,
equal principles of law should be applied to all, Auct. Her. 3, 3, 4. —In gen., to establish by authority (of relations, institutions, rights, duties, etc.):4.(Numa) omnis partis religionis statuit sanctissime,
Cic. Rep. 2, 14, 26:hoc judicium sic exspectatur ut non unae rei statui, sed omnibus constitui putetur,
id. Tull. 15, 36:ad formandos animos statuendasque vitae leges, Quint. prooem. 14: sic hujus (virtutis) ut caelestium statuta magnitudo est,
Sen. Ep. 79, 10:vectigal etiam novum ex salaria annona statuerunt,
Liv. 29, 37, 2:novos statuere fines,
id. 42, 24, 8:neque eos quos statuit terminos observat,
id. 21, 44, 5:quibus rebus cum pax statuta esset,
Just. 5, 10, 8; so id. 25, 1, 1:sedesque ibi statuentibus,
id. 18, 5, 11.—With double acc., to constitute, appoint, create:B.Hirtius arbitrum me statuebat non modo hujus rei, sed totius consulatus sui,
Cic. Att. 14, 1, a, 2:telluris erum natura nec illum, nec quemquam constituit,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 130:de principatu (vinorum) se quisque judicem statuet,
Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 59:praefectus his statuitur Andragoras,
Just. 21, 4, 5.—To determine, fix, etc. (of temporal or local relations); constr. usually with acc. and dat. or acc. and gen.1.Modum statuere alicui or alicujus rei, to determine the manner, mode, or measure of, assign limits, restrictions or restraints to a thing or person, to impose restraints upon.(α).With dat.:(β).diuturnitati imperii modum statuendum putavistis,
that a limit should be assigned to the duration of his power, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 26:statui mihi tum modum et orationi meae,
imposed restraints upon myself and my words, id. Verr. 2, 5, 63, § 163:non statuendo felicitati modum, nec cohibendo fortunam,
by not assigning any limits to his success, Liv. 30, 30, 23 (Pompeium) affirmabant, libertati publicae statuturum modum, Vell. 2, 40:cupidinibus statuat natura modum,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 111:quem modum sibi ipsa statuit (crudelitas)?
Val. Max. 9, 2 pr.:modum ipsae res statuunt (i. e. sibi),
Plin. 28, 15, 61, § 216:modum nuptiarum sumptibus statuerunt,
Just. 21, 4, 5:timori quem meo statuam modum?
Sen. Thyest. 483;and with finem: jam statui aerumnis modum et finem cladi,
id. Herc. Fur. 206. —With gen.:2.honestius te inimicitiarum modum statuere potuisse quam me humanitatis,
Cic. Sull. 17, 48:ipse modum statuam carminis,
Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 44:errorisque sui sic statuisse modum,
Prop. 3, 12 (4, 11), 36:modum statuunt fellis pondere denarii,
they limit the quantity of the gall to the weight of a denarius, Plin. 28, 19, 77, § 254.—Condicionem or legem alicui, to impose a condition or law upon one, to dictate, assign a condition to:3.hanc tu condicionem statuis Gaditanis,
Cic. Balb. 10, 25:providete ne duriorem vobis condicionem statuatis ordinique vestro quam ferre possit,
id. Rab. Post. 6, 15:alter eam sibi legem statuerat ut, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 6, 12: pretio statuta lege ne modum excederet, etc., the law being assigned to the price that not, etc., i. e. the price being limited by the law, etc., Plin. 33, 7, 40, § 118:pacis legem universae Graeciae statuit,
Just. 9, 5, 2.—So with ellipsis of dat., to agree upon, stipulate:statutis condicionibus,
Just. 6, 1, 3:omnibus consentientibus Carthago conditur, statuto annuo vectigali pro solo urbis,
id. 18, 5, 14. —Finem, to assign or put an end to, make an end of:4.haud opinor commode Finem statuisse orationi militem,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 21:et finem statuit cuppedinis atque timoris,
Lucr. 6, 25:cum Fulvius Flaccus finem poenae eorum statuere cogeretur,
Val. Max. 3, 2, ext. 1: majores vestri omnium magnarum rerum et principia exorsi ab diis sunt, et finem statuerunt, finished, Liv. 45, 39, 10; so,terminum: nam templis numquam statuetur terminus aevi,
Stat. S. 3, 1, 180:cum consilii tui bene fortiterque suscepti eum tibi finem statueris, quem ipsa fortuna terminum nostrarum contentionum esse voluisset,
since you have assigned that end, Cic. Fam. 6, 22, 2.—Pretium alicui rei, to assign a price to something; fix, determine the price of something:5.quae probast mers, pretium ei statuit,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 132:numquam avare pretium statui arti meae,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 48:statuit frumento pretium,
Tac. A. 2, 87; so with dat. understood:ut eos (obsides) pretio quantum ipsi statuissent patres redimi paterentur,
Liv. 45, 42, 7:pretium statuit (i. e. vecturae et sali),
id. 45, 29, 13; so with in and acc.: ut in singulas amphoras (vini) centeni nummi statuantur, that the price may be set down at 100 sesterces for an amphora, Plin. 14, 4, 6, § 56.—Statuere diem, horam, tempus, locum alicui rei, or alicui, or with dat. gerund., to assign or appoint a day, time, place, etc. (for the more usual diem dicere):6.statutus est comitiis dies,
Liv. 24, 27, 1:diem patrando facinori statuerat,
id. 35, 35, 15:multitudini diem statuit ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,
Sall. C. 36, 2:dies insidiis statuitur,
id. J. 70, 3:ad tempus locumque colloquio statuendum,
Liv. 28, 35, 4:subverti leges quae sua spatia (= tempora) quaerendis aut potiundis honoribus statuerint,
Tac. A. 2, 36.—With ellipsis of dat.:observans quem statuere diem,
Mart. 4, 54, 6:noctem unam poscit: statuitur nox,
Tac. A. 13, 44.—Esp. in the part. statutus, fixed, appointed (in MSS. and edd. often confounded with status; v. sisto fin.):institum ut quotannis... libri diebus statutis (statis) recitarentur,
Suet. Claud. 42:ut die statuta omnes equos ante regiam producerent,
Just. 1, 10, 1:quaedam (genera) statutum tempus anni habent,
Plin. 17, 18, 30, § 135:fruges quoque maturitatem statuto tempore expectant,
Curt. 6, 3, 7:sacrificium non esse redditum statuto tempore,
id. 8, 2, 6:statuto tempore quo urbem Mithridati traderet,
Just. 16, 4, 9:cum ad statutam horam omnes convenissent,
id. 1, 10, 8:intra tempus statutum,
fixed by the law, Dig. 4, 4, 19 and 20.—To recount, count up, state (very rare): statue sex et quinquaginta annos, quibus mox divus Augustus rempublicam rexit: adice Tiberii tres et viginti... centum et viginti anni colliguntur, count, fix the number at, Tac. Or. 17:C.Cinyphiae segetis citius numerabis aristas... quam tibi nostrorum statuatur summa laborum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 29.—To decide, determine, with reference to a result, to settle, fix, bring about, choose, make a decision.1.Of disputes, differences, questions, etc., between others.(α).With interrog.-clause:(β).ut statuatis hoc judicio utrum posthac amicitias clarorum virorum calamitati hominibus an ornamento esse malitis,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65:eam potestatem habetis ut statuatis utrum nos... semper miseri lugeamus, an, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 4:in hoc homine statuatis, possitne senatoribus judicantibus homo nocentissim us pecuniosissimusque damnari,
id. Verr. 1, 16, 47:vos statuite, recuperatores, utra (sententia) utilior esse videatur,
id. Caecin. 27, 77:decidis tu statuisque quid iis ad denarium solveretur,
id. Quint. 4, 17:magni esse judicis statuere quid quemque cuique praestare oporteret,
id. Off. 3, 17, 70:mihi vero Pompeius statuisse videtur quid vos in judicando spectare oporteret,
id. Mil. 6, 15:semel (senatus) statuerent quid donatum Masinissae vellent,
Liv. 42, 23:nec quid faciendum modo sit statuunt, sed, etc.,
decide, dictate, id. 44, 22:nondum statuerat conservaret eum necne,
Nep. Eum. 11, 2:statutumque (est) quantum curules, quantum plebei pignoris caperent,
Tac. A. 13, 28: semel nobis esse statuendum quod consilium in illo sequamur, August. ap. Suet. Claud. 4. —With de:(γ).ut consules de Caesaris actis cognoscerent, statuerent, judicarent,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, B, 8:et collegas suos de religione statuisse, in senatu de lege statuturos,
id. ib. 4, 2, 4:ut de absente eo C. Licinius statueret ac judicaret,
Liv. 42, 22:si de summa rerum liberum senatui permittat rex statuendi jus,
id. 42, 62: qui ab exercitu ab imperatore eove cui de ea re statuendi potestas fuerit, dimissus erit, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 3, 2, 1.—Often with reference to punishment:cum de P. Lentulo ceterisque statuetis, pro certo habetote, vos simul de exercitu Catilinae decernere,
Sall. C. 52, 17:satis visum de Vestilia statuere,
to pass sentence against, Tac. A. 2, 85:jus statuendi de procuratoribus,
id. ib. 12, 54:facta patribus potestate statuendi de Caeciliano,
id. ib. 6, 7; so id. ib. 13, 28; cf. id. ib. 15, 14; 2, 85; Suet. Tib. 61 fin. —In partic.: de se statuere, to decide on, or dispose of one's self, i. e. of one's life, = to commit suicide:eorum qui de se statuebant humabantur corpora,
Tac. A. 6, 29.—With de and abl. and interrog.-clause:(δ).si quibusdam populis permittendum esse videatur ut statuant ipsi de suis rebus quo jure uti velint,
Cic. Balb. 8, 22.—With contra:(ε).consequeris tamen ut eos ipsos quos contra statuas aequos placatosque dimittas,
Cic. Or. 10, 34. —With indef. obj., usu. a neutr. pron.:(ζ).utrum igitur hoc Graeci statuent... an nostri praetores?
Cic. Fl. 12, 27:dixisti quippiam: fixum (i. e. id) et statutum est,
id. Mur. 30, 62:eoque utrique quod statuit contenti sunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87:senatus, ne quid absente rege statueret,
Liv. 39, 24, 13:maturato opus est, quidquid statuere placet (senatui),
id. 8, 13, 17:id ubi in P. Licinio ita statutum est,
id. 41, 15, 10:interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,
Curt. 8, 14, 43:quid in futurum statuerim, aperiam,
Tac. A. 4, 37:utque rata essent quae procuratores sui in judicando statuerent,
Suet. Claud. 12;qul statuit aliquid parte inaudita altera, aequum licet statuerit, haud aequus fuit,
Sen. Med. 2, 199:non ergo quod libet statuere arbiter potest,
Dig. 4, 8, 32, § 15; cf.:earum rerum quas Caesar statuisset, decrevisset, egisset,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, C, 11.—With de or super and abl.:(η).vos de crudelissimis parricidis quid statuatis cunctamini?
Sall. C. 52, 31:nihil super ea re nisi ex voluntate filii statuere,
Suet. Tib. 13:ne quid super tanta re absente principe statueretur,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—Absol., mostly pass. impers.:(θ).ita expediri posse consilium ut pro merito cujusque statueretur,
Liv. 8, 14, 1:tunc ut quaeque causa erit statuetis,
id. 3, 53, 10:non ex rumore statuendum,
decisions should not be founded on rumors, Tac. A. 3, 69.—With cognoscere, to examine ( officially) and decide:2.petit ut vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem statuere jubeat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19:consuli ut cognosceret statueretque senatus permiserat,
Liv. 39, 3, 2:missuros qui de eorum controversiis cognoscerent statuerentque,
id. 40, 20, 1; 45, 13, 11:quod causa cognita erit statuendum,
Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 8.—With reference to the mind of the subject, to decide, to make up one's mind, conclude, determine, be convinced, usu. with interrog.clause:D. 1.numquam intellegis, statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi homicidae sint an vindices libertatis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 12, 30:illud mirum videri solet, tot homines... statuere non potuisse, utrum judicem an arbitrum, rem an litem dici oporteret,
id. Mur. 12, 27:neque tamen possum statuere, utrum magis mirer, etc.,
id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:ipsi statuerent, quo tempore possent suo jure arma capere,
id. Tull. 5, 12:ut statuerem quid esset faciendum,
id. Att. 7, 26, 3:statuere enim qui sit sapiens, vel maxime videtur esse sapientis,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:si habes jam statutum quid tibi agendum putes,
id. Fam. 4, 2, 4:tu quantum tribuendum nobis putes statuas ipse, et, ut spero, statues ex nostra dignitate,
id. ib. 5, 8, 4:vix statui posse utrum quae pro se, an quae contra fratrem petiturus esset ab senatu magis impetrabilia forent,
Liv. 45, 19, 6:quam satis statuerat, utram foveret partem,
id. 42, 29, 11:posse ipsam Liviam statuere, nubendum post Drusum, an, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 40:statue quem poenae extrahas,
Sen. Troad. 661.—So with apud animum, to make up one's mind:vix statuere apud animum meum possum atrum pejor ipsa res an pejore exemplo agatur,
Liv. 34, 2, 4:proinde ipsi primum statuerent apud animos quid vellent,
id. 6, 39, 11.—Rarely with neutr, pron. as object:quidquid nos de communi sententia statuerimus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2:sic statue, quidquid statuis, ut causam famamque tuam in arto stare scias,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 1306.—With ut or ne: statuunt ut decem milia hominum in oppidum submittantur, [p. 1754] Caes. B. G. 7, 21:2.eos (Siculos) statuisse ut hoc quod dico postularet,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 103:statuunt illi atque decernunt ut eae litterae... removerentur,
id. ib. 2, 2, 71, §173: statuit iste ut arator... vadimonium promitteret,
id. ib. 2, 3, 15, §38: orare patres ut statuerent ne absentium nomina reciperentur,
id. ib. 2, 2, 42, §103: statuitur ne post M. Brutum proconsulem sit Creta provincia,
id. Phil. 2, 38, 97:(Tiberius) auxit patrum honorem statuendo ut qui ad senatum provocavissent, etc.,
Tac. A. 14, 28:statuiturque (a senatu) ut... in servitute haberentur,
id. ib. 12, 53.—So of a decree, determination, or agreement by several persons or parties to be carried out by each of them:statutum esse (inter plebem et Poenos) ut... impedimenta diriperent,
Liv. 23, 16, 6:Athenienses cum statuerent, ut urbe relicta naves conscenderent,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48:statuunt ut fallere custodes tentent,
Ov. M. 4, 84.—With acc. (post-Aug.):3.remedium statuere,
to prescribe a remedy against public abuses, Tac. A. 3, 28; 6, 4:Caesar ducentesimam (vectigalis) in posterum statuit,
decreed that one half of one per cent. be the tax, id. ib. 2, 42.—So with sic (= hoc):sic, di, statuistis,
Ov. M. 4, 661.—With dat. and acc. (not ante-Aug.):4.eis (Vestalibus) stipendium de publico statuit,
decreed, allowed a salary, Liv. 1, 20, 3:Aurelio quoque annuam pecuniam statuit princeps,
decreed, granted, Tac. A. 13, 34:biduum criminibus obiciendis statuitur,
are allowed, id. ib. 3, 13:itaque et alimenta pueris statuta... et patribus praemia statuta,
Just. 12, 4, 8:ceu Aeolus insanis statuat certamina ventis,
Stat. Th. 6, 300:non hoc statui sub tempore rebus occasum Aeoniis,
id. ib. 7, 219:statuere alicui munera,
Val. Fl. 2, 566.—With dat. and interrog.-clause:5. (α).cur his quoque statuisti quantum ex hoc genere frumenti darent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 21, § 53:ordo iis quo quisque die supplicarent, statutus,
Liv. 7, 28, 8.—With poenam, etc., with or without in and acc. pers. (mostly post-Aug.):(β).considerando... in utra (lege) major poena statuatur,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 145:poenam statui par fuisse,
Tac. A. 14, 49:qui non judicium, sed poenam statui videbant,
id. ib. 11, 6:eadem poena in Catum Firmium statuitur,
id. ib. 6, 31:senatu universo in socios facinoris ultimam statuente poenam,
Suet. Caes. 14;so with mercedem (= poenam): debuisse gravissimam temeritatis mercedem statui,
Liv. 39, 55, 3; cf.also: Thrasea, non quidquid nocens reus pati mereretur, id egregio sub principe statuendum disseruit,
Tac. A. 14, 48.— Absol.:non debere eripi patribus vim statuendi (sc. poenas),
Tac. A. 3, 70.—With indef. obj., generally with in and acc.: aliquid gravius in aliquem, to proceed severely against:(γ).obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:fac aliquid gravius in Hejum statuisse Mamertinos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 19:res monet cavere ab illis magis quam quid in illos statuamus consultare,
Sall. C. 52, 3:qui cum triste aliquid statuit, fit tristis et ipse,
Ov. P. 2, 2, 119:si quid ob eam rem de se crudelius statuerent,
Just. 2, 15, 10.—With a word expressing the kind of punishment (post-Aug.):(δ).in Pompeiam Sabinam exilium statuitur,
Tac. A. 6, 24 (18).—De capite, to pass sentence of death:E.legem illam praeclaram quae de capite civis Romani nisi comitiis centuriatis statui vetaret,
Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61.—Referring to one's own acts, to resolve, determine, purpose, to propose, with inf. (first in Cic.;F.freq. and class.): statuit ab initio et in eo perseveravit, jus publicano non dicere,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 5, 10:P. Clodius cum statuisset omni scelere in praetura vexare rem publicam,
id. Mil. 9, 24:statuerat excusare,
to decline the office, id. Lig. 7, 21:cum statuissem scribere ad te aliquid,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:quod iste certe statuerat et deliberaverat non adesse,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1:se statuisse animum advertere in omnes nauarchos,
id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §105: nam statueram in perpetuum tacere,
id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:statueram... nihil de illo dicere,
id. Fragm. Clod. 1, 1:statueram recta Appia Romam (i. e. venire),
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:Pompeius statuerat bello decertare,
Caes. B. C. 3, 86: si cedere hinc statuisset, Liv. 44, 39, 7:triumphare mense Januario statuerat,
id. 39, 15:immemor sim propositi quo statui non ultra attingere externa nisi qua Romanis cohaererent rebus,
id. 39, 48:rex quamquam dissimulare statuerat,
id. 42, 21:opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit,
id. 42, 54, 9:ut statuisse non pugnare consules cognitum est,
id. 2, 45, 9:exaugurare fana statuit,
id. 1, 55, 2:Delphos mittere statuit,
id. 1, 56, 5:eos deducere in agros statuerunt,
id. 40, 38, 2:tradere se, ait, moenia statuisse,
id. 8, 25, 10:Samnitium exercitus certamine ultimo fortunam experiri statuit,
id. 7, 37, 4:statuit sic adfectos hosti non obicere,
id. 44, 36, 2:sub idem tempus statuit senatus Carthaginem excidere,
Vell. 1, 12, 2:statui pauca disserere,
Tac. H. 4, 73:amoliri juvenem specie honoris statuit,
id. A. 2, 42:statuerat urbem novam condere,
Curt. 4, 8, 1:statuerat parcere urbi conditae a Cyro,
id. 7, 6, 20:rex statuerat inde abire,
id. 7, 11, 4:Alexander statuerat ex Syria petere Africam,
id. 10, 1, 17; 10, 5, 24; 5, 27 (9), 13; so,statutum habere cum animo ac deliberatum,
to have firmly and deliberately resolved, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 95.—With sic:caedis initium fecisset a me, sic enim statuerat,
id. Phil. 3, 7, 29.—To judge, declare as a judgment, be of opinion, hold (especially of legal opinions), think, consider (always implying the establishment of a principle, or a decided conviction; cf.: existimo, puto, etc.).1.With acc. and inf.a.In gen.:b.senatus consulta falsa delata ab eo judicavimus... leges statuimus per vim et contra auspicia latas,
Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 12:statuit senatus hoc ne illi quidem esse licitum cui concesserat omnia,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81:quin is tamen (judex) statuat fieri non posse ut de isto non severissime judicetur,
id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §144: hujusce rei vos (recuperatores) statuetis nullam esse actionem qui obstiterit armatis hominibus?
id. Caecin. 13, 39, ut quisquam juris numeretur peritus, qui id statuit esse jus quod non oporteat judicari, who holds that to be the law, id. ib. 24, 68:is (Pompeius) se in publico statuit esse non posse,
id. Pis. 13, 29:tu unquam tantam plagam tacitus accipere potuisses, nisi hoc ita statuisses, quidquid dixisses te deterius esse facturum?
id. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 133:si causa cum causa contenderet, nos nostram perfacile cuivis probaturos statuebamus,
we were sure, id. Quint. 30, 92:non statuit sibi quidquam licere quod non patrem suum facere vidisset,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211:hi sibi nullam societatem communis utilitatis causa statuunt esse cum civibus,
assume, id. Off. 3, 6, 28:cum igitur statuisset opus esse ad eam rem constituendam pecunia,
had become convinced, id. ib. 2, 23, 82:quo cive neminem ego statuo in hac re publica esse fortiorem,
id. Planc. 21, 51:quam quidem laudem sapientiae statuo esse maximam,
id. Fam. 5, 13, 1:hoc anno statuit temporis esse satis,
Ov. F. 1, 34:nolim statuas me mente maligna id facere,
Cat. 67, 37.— So with sic:velim sic statuas tuas mihi litteras longissimas quasque gratissimas fore,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33 fin.:ego sic statuo a me in hac causa pietatis potius quam defensionis partes esse susceptas,
I hold, lay down as the principle of my defence, id. Sest. 2, 3:quod sic statuit omnino consularem legem nullam putare,
id. ib. 64, 135:sic statuo et judico, neminem tot et tanta habuisse ornamenta dicendi,
id. Or. 2, 28, 122. —Hence, statui, I have judged, i. e. I know, and statueram, I had judged, i. e. I knew:ut ego qui in te satis consilii statuerim esse, mallem Peducaeum tibi consilium dare quam me, ironically,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4:qui saepe audissent, nihil esse pulchrius quam Syracusarum moenia, statuerant se, si ea Verre praetore non vidissent, numquam esse visuros,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 95.—With neutr. pron.:si dicam non recte aliquid statuere eos qui consulantur,
that they hold an erroneous opinion, Cic. Caecin. 24, 68; cf.:quis hoc statuit umquam, aut cui concedi potest, ut eum jure potuerit occidere a quo, etc.,
id. Tull. 24, 56; Quint. 5, 13, 21.—Particularly of a conclusion drawn from circumstances, to judge, infer, conclude; declare (as an inference):c.cum tuto senatum haberi non posse judicavistis, tum statuiistis, etiam intra muros Antonii scelus versari,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13: quod si aliter statuetis, videte ne hoc vos statuatis, qui vivus decesserit, ei vim non esse factam, id. Caecin. 16, 46:quid? si tu ipse statuisti, bona P. Quinctii ex edicto possessa non esse?
id. Quint. 24, 76:ergo ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
id. Off. 3, 16, 67:Juppiter esse pium statuit quodcumque juvaret,
Ov. H. 4, 133.—With neutr. pron.:hoc (i. e. litteris Gabinii credendum non esse) statuit senatus cum frequens supplicationem Gabinio denegavit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 6, 14:quod si tum statuit opus esse, quid cum ille decessisset, Flacco existimatis statuendum et faciendum fuisse?
id. Fl. 12, 29; cf. id. Caecin. 16, 46, supra; so,hoc si ita statuetis,
id. ib. 16, 47.—Esp. with gerund.-clause.(α).To hold, judge, think, consider, acknowledge, that something must be done, or should have been done:(β).tu cum tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas... non statuebas tibi de illorum factis rationem esse reddendam?
did you not consider, did it not strike you? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29: statuit, si hoc crimen extenuari vellet, nauarchos omnes vita esse privandos, he thought it necessary to deprive, etc., id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §103: ut statuas mihi non modo non cedendum, sed etiam tuo auxilio utendum fuisse,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 10:statuebam sic, boni nihil ab illis nugis expectandum,
id. Sest. 10, 24:Antigonus statuit aliquid sibi consilii novi esse capiendum,
Nep. Eum. 8, 4. —So with opus fuisse:ut hoc statuatis oratione longa nihil opus fuisse,
acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56: causam sibi dicendam esse statuerat jam ante quam hoc usu venit, knew (cf. a. supra), id. ib. 2, 5, 39, § 101. —To think that one must do something, to resolve, propose, usu. with dat. pers.:2.manendum mihi statuebam quasi in vigilia quadam consulari ac senatoria,
Cic. Phil. 1, 1, 1: quae vobis fit injuria si statuimus, vestro nobis judicio standum esse, if we conclude, purpose, to abide, etc., id. Fl. 27, 65:ut ea quae statuisses tibi in senatu dicenda, reticeres,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 1:statuit tamen nihil sibi in tantis injuriis gravius faciendum,
id. Clu. 6, 16:Caesar statuit exspectandam classem,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:non expectandum sibi statuit dum, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11:quod eo tempore statuerat non esse faciendum,
id. B. C. 3, 44:statuit sibi nihil agitandum,
Sall. J. 39, 5:Metellus statuit alio more bellum gerendum,
id. ib. 54, 5:Laco statuit accuratius sibi agendum cum Pharnabazo,
Nep. Alcib. 10, 2:sororis filios tollendos statuit,
Just. 38, 1.—With ut:3.si, ut Manilius statuebat, sic est judicatum (= ut judicandum esse statuebat),
Cic. Caecin. 24, 69:ut veteres statuerunt poetae (ut = quod ita esse),
id. Arat. 267 (33): quae majora auribus accepta sunt quam oculis noscuntur, ut statuit, as he thought, i. e. that those things were greater, etc., Liv. 45, 27:cum esset, ut ego mihi statuo, talis qualem te esse video,
Cic. Mur. 14, 32.—With two acc. (= duco, existimo):omnes qui libere de re publica sensimus, statuit ille quidem non inimicos, sed hostes,
regarded not as adversaries, but as foes, Cic. Phil. 11, 1, 3:Anaximenes aera deum statuit,
id. N. D. 10, 26:voluptatem summum bonum statuens,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5:video Lentulum cujus ego parentem deum ac patronum statuo fortunae ac nominis mei,
id. Sest. 69, 144:si rectum statuerimus concedere amicis quidquid velint,
id. Lael. 11, 38:Hieronymus summum bonum statuit non dolere,
id. Fin. 2, 6, 19:noster vero Plato Titanum e genere statuit eos qui... adversentur magistratibus,
id. Leg. 3, 2, 5:decretum postulat, quo justae inter patruos fratrumque filias nuptiae statuerentur,
Tac. A. 12, 7:optimum in praesentia statuit reponere odium,
id. Agr. 39.— P. a.: stătūtus, a, um, i. e. baculo, propped, leaning on a stick (dub. v. I. C. supra):vidistis senem... statutum, ventriosum?
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 11.—Hence, subst.: stătūtum, i, n., a law, decision, determination, statute (late Lat.):Dei,
Lact. 2, 16, 14:Parcarum leges ac statuta,
id. 1, 11, 14:statuta Dei et placita,
id. 7, 25, 8. -
17 traspasar
v.1 to go through, to pierce.traspasar la puerta to go through the doorwaytraspasar una valla saltando to jump over a fencela tinta traspasó el papel the ink soaked through the paperLa bala traspasó el pulmón The bullet pierced the lung.2 to transfer (transferir) (jugador).3 to move.Traspasemos este sofá a la sala Let's move this sofa to the living room.4 to go beyond.Ellos traspasaron el límite They went beyond the limit.5 to transfer the ownership of, to alienate, to cede, to make over.El viejito traspasó la casa The old man turned over the house.6 to stab.El pillo traspasó a Ricardo The rascal stabbed Richard.7 to devolve.Ella traspasó responsabilidades She devolved responsibilities.* * *1 (atravesar) to go through, cross2 (cambiar de lugar) to move3 (perforar) to go through, pierce4 (dar, pasar) to transfer; (vender) to sell6 figurado (dolor físico, moral) to penetrate, transfix1 to exceed oneself\'Se traspasa' "For sale"* * *verb1) to pierce2) cross3) go too far4) convey* * *1. VT1) (=penetrar) to pierce, go through, penetrate; [líquido] to go/come through, soak through2) [dolor] to pierce, go right through3) [+ calle] to cross over4) [+ límites] to go beyond, overstep5) [+ ley, norma] to break, infringe6) [+ propiedad] (=transferir) to transfer; (=vender) to sell, make over; (Jur) to convey"se traspasa negocio" — "business for sale"
7) (Dep) [+ jugador] to transfer8) (Pol) [+ poderes, competencias] to devolve2.See:* * *verbo transitivo1)a) bala/espada to pierce, go through; líquido to go through, soak throughsu rostro afligido le traspasó el corazón — her grief-stricken expression pierced him to the heart (liter)
b) ( sobrepasar) to go beyond2)se traspasa local — to let o for rent
b) < negocio> to transfer3) <poderes/fondos> to transfer4) (Dep) < jugador> to transfer, trade (AmE)* * *= give over, swap in and out of, stab, cross.Ex. The old building is now given over to children and young people.Ex. At a greater level of sophistication, the operating system will be able to swap programs in and out of memory in mid-operation in order to let another have a go.Ex. He listened to me and then said 'ˆre you finished?' and just walked away -- The woman sat up, as if stabbed.Ex. Some of the cases presented in this book are concerned with broad policy issues, while others are less encompassing and present some of the narrower problems that cross the library manager's desk.----* traspasar a = spill over into.* traspasar con una lanza = spear.* * *verbo transitivo1)a) bala/espada to pierce, go through; líquido to go through, soak throughsu rostro afligido le traspasó el corazón — her grief-stricken expression pierced him to the heart (liter)
b) ( sobrepasar) to go beyond2)se traspasa local — to let o for rent
b) < negocio> to transfer3) <poderes/fondos> to transfer4) (Dep) < jugador> to transfer, trade (AmE)* * *= give over, swap in and out of, stab, cross.Ex: The old building is now given over to children and young people.
Ex: At a greater level of sophistication, the operating system will be able to swap programs in and out of memory in mid-operation in order to let another have a go.Ex: He listened to me and then said 're you finished?' and just walked away -- The woman sat up, as if stabbed.Ex: Some of the cases presented in this book are concerned with broad policy issues, while others are less encompassing and present some of the narrower problems that cross the library manager's desk.* traspasar a = spill over into.* traspasar con una lanza = spear.* * *traspasar [A1 ]vtA1 «bala/espada» to pierce, go through; «líquido» to go through, soak throughla bala le traspasó el pulmón the bullet pierced his lunglo traspasó con la espada he ran him through (with his sword)la salsa traspasó el mantel the sauce soaked through the tableclothunos pitidos que traspasan el oído ear-piercing whistlesla pena le traspasó el corazón his heart was pierced with sorrow ( liter), he was utterly grief-stricken2 (sobrepasar) to go beyondsu fama ha traspasado las fronteras de nuestro país his fame has spread beyond our bordersesto traspasa los límites de lo verosímil this goes beyond the bounds of credibilityB1 ‹bar/farmacia› (vender) to sell; (arrendar) to let, lease, rent[ S ] se traspasa local to let o for rent2 ‹negocio› to transferle traspasó el negocio a su hijo he transferred the business to his son, he made the business over to his sonC1 ‹poderes/competencias› to transfer2 ‹fondos› to transfer* * *
traspasar ( conjugate traspasar) verbo transitivo
1
[ líquido] to go through, soak through
2 ‹bar/farmacia› ( vender) to sell;
( arrendar) to let, lease
3 ‹poderes/fondos/negocio› to transfer
4 (Dep) ‹ jugador› to transfer, trade (AmE)
traspasar verbo transitivo
1 (un muro, una madera, etc) to go through: la flecha le traspasó el corazón, the arrow went right through his heart
2 (una frontera, un río) to cross (over)
3 (una barrera, un límite) to go beyond: traspasó la barrera del sonido, it broke the sound barrier
4 Com to transfer, sell
' traspasar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
franquear
English:
dispose of
- transfer
* * *traspasar vt1. [atravesar] [sujeto: puñal, bala] to go through, to pierce;[sujeto: líquido] to soak through;la bala le traspasó el muslo the bullet went through his thigh;la tinta traspasó el papel the ink soaked through the paper;el sudor le traspasaba la ropa the sweat was soaking through his clothestraspasar una valla saltando to jump over a fence;no consiguió traspasar el muro de silencio que le rodeaba she was unable to break through the wall of silence that surrounded her;traspasar el umbral de los ochenta años to enter one's ninth decade, to reach one's eighties3. [exceder] [fronteras, límites] to go beyond;llegó a traspasar la barrera del millón de votos she broke through the one-million-vote barrier4. [transferir] [jugador, objeto] to transfer;[negocio] to sell [as a going concern]; [competencias] to devolve;se traspasa (negocio) [en cartel] (business) for sale5. [cambiar de sitio] to move6. [afectar mucho] to devastate* * *v/t1 ( atravesar) go through2 COM transfer3 ( exceder) go beyond* * *traspasar vt1) perforar: to pierce, to go through2) : to go beyondtraspasar los límites: to overstep the limits3) atravesar: to cross, to go across4) : to sell, to transfer* * *traspasar vb -
18 paliza
f.1 beating (golpes, derrota).2 hard grind (esfuerzo).3 drag (informal) (rollo).dar la paliza (a alguien) to go on and on (to somebody)* * *1 beating, thrashing\dar una paliza a alguien / pegar una paliza a alguien to beat somebody updar la paliza familiar to be a paindarse la paliza familiar to slog one's guts outser un paliza / ser un palizas familiar to be a pain, be a pain in the neck* * *noun f.* * *1. SF1) (=tunda) beating, thrashingdar o propinar una paliza a algn — to give sb a beating, beat sb up *
los críticos le dieron una paliza a la novela — the critics panned o slated the novel *
2) * (=pesadez) bore3) * (Dep etc) drubbing, thrashingel Betis le dio una paliza al Barcelona — Betis gave Barcelona a real thrashing, Betis thrashed Barcelona
2.SMF INV * (=pesado) bore, pain ** * *1)a) ( zurra) hiding, beatingb) (fam) ( derrota) thrashing (colloq)al Danubio le dieron una paliza en casa — Danubio were hammered o thrashed at home (colloq)
2) (fam)a) ( esfuerzo)darse la paliza — (fam) (trabajando, estudiando) to work one's butt off (AmE colloq), to slog one's guts out (BrE colloq)
b) ( aburrimiento) drag (colloq)* * *= whitewash, whipping, spanking, beating.Ex. He got a whitewash for that.Ex. One parent told the judge that the whippings had become so common that he had lost count of how many he had seen at Allen's church.Ex. A spanking is designed as much to humiliate as to hurt enough to deter.Ex. He pleaded not guilty to charges accusing him of participating in the beating of a suspected informant.----* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.* recibir una paliza = take + a pounding, take + a beating.* * *1)a) ( zurra) hiding, beatingb) (fam) ( derrota) thrashing (colloq)al Danubio le dieron una paliza en casa — Danubio were hammered o thrashed at home (colloq)
2) (fam)a) ( esfuerzo)darse la paliza — (fam) (trabajando, estudiando) to work one's butt off (AmE colloq), to slog one's guts out (BrE colloq)
b) ( aburrimiento) drag (colloq)* * *= whitewash, whipping, spanking, beating.Ex: He got a whitewash for that.
Ex: One parent told the judge that the whippings had become so common that he had lost count of how many he had seen at Allen's church.Ex: A spanking is designed as much to humiliate as to hurt enough to deter.Ex: He pleaded not guilty to charges accusing him of participating in the beating of a suspected informant.* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.* recibir una paliza = take + a pounding, take + a beating.* * *A1 (zurra) hiding, beatingcomo se entere te va a dar or pegar una paliza if he finds out he'll clobber you o thrash you o give you a hidingle robaron la cartera y le dieron una paliza they stole his wallet and beat him up o ( AmE) beat up on himal Danubio le dieron una paliza en casa Danubio were hammered o thrashed o given a thrashing at home ( colloq)B ( fam)1(esfuerzo agotador): fue una paliza de viaje the journey was a real killer¡menuda paliza tener que ir hasta allá! what a trek to have to go all the way over there! ( colloq)2 (pesadez, aburrimiento) drag ( colloq)darse la paliza ( fam) (trabajando, estudiando) to work one's butt off ( AmE colloq), to slog one's guts out ( BrE colloq);«pareja» to be all over each other ( colloq)C* * *
paliza sustantivo femenino
1
los matones le pegaron una paliza the thugs beat him up
2 (fam)a) ( esfuerzo):
darse la paliza (fam) (trabajando, estudiando) to work one's butt off (AmE colloq), to slog one's guts out (BrE colloq)
paliza
I sustantivo femenino
1 (tunda, somanta) beating: aquellos bárbaros le dieron una paliza, those thugs beat him up
2 (derrota) beating: ¡menuda paliza le dio ayer el Elche al Betis!, Betis got a real thrashing by Elche the other day
3 (esfuerzo físico o mental) slog: nos dimos una paliza limpiando la librería, that was a real chore having to clean the book case
me he dado una paliza que no me tengo, I've really pushed myself to the limits
4 (tostón, rollo) drag, pain: no me des la paliza, stop being such a pain in the neck!
II mf fam bore, pain (in the neck), pest: ¡qué paliza(s) era el camarero!, that waiter was a real pain
' paliza' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
leña
- soberana
- soberano
- solfeo
- tundir
- tute
- pegar
English:
battering
- beat
- beat up
- beating
- do over
- good
- hammer
- hammering
- hiding
- rough up
- thrash
- thrashing
- whipping
- whitewash
- belt
- pummel
- wallop
- whip
* * *♦ nf1. [golpes] beating;le dieron una paliza they beat him up2. [derrota] thrashing;¡menuda paliza recibió el equipo! the team got completely thrashed!el viaje hasta la capital es una auténtica paliza the journey to the capital is a real killer;nos dimos una paliza tremenda para acabar a tiempo we slogged our guts out to finish in timedar la paliza (a alguien) to go on (at sb);lleva semanas dándome la paliza con que tenemos que ir a esquiar he's being going on at me o pestering me for weeks saying we've got to go skiing♦ nmf invEsp Famser un paliza(s) to be a pain in the neck* * *I f1 ( azotaina) beating2 ( derrota) thrashing fam, drubbing fam3 fam ( pesadez) drag fam ;dar la paliza a alguien fam pester s.o. famII m/f famdrag* * *paliza nf: beating, pummelingdarle una paliza a: to beat, to thrash* * *paliza n1. (zurra) beating / thrashing2. (trabajo cansado) pain3. (persona pesada) pain / bore¡vaya paliza de tío! what a bore that guy is!¡no me des la paliza! don't be such a pain! -
19 юрисдикция юрисдикци·я
находиться под территориальной и административной юрисдикцией какой-л. страны — to be under the territorial and administrative jurisdiction of a state
осуществлять юрисдикцию в отношении иностранных консулов — to have jurisdiction respecting foreign consuls
осуществлять юрисдикцию в соответствии с национальным законодательством — to exercise jurisdiction in accordance with national law
осуществлять юрисдикцию над гражданами (своего государства), путешествующими или проживающими за границей — to exercise jurisdiction over the subjects / citizens travelling or residing abroad
подчиняться юрисдикции государства флага судна — to come within / to fall under jurisdiction of smb.'s flag state
установить юрисдикцию над преступлением — to establish jurisdiction over a crime / an offence
государство может получить юрисдикцию над обвиняемым — state may acquire jurisdiction over the person of the accused
бесспорная / неоспоримая юрисдикция — indisputable jurisdiction
предоставить освобождение от гражданской и уголовной юрисдикции — to grant exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction
гражданская юрисдикция судебных и административных властей — civil jurisdiction of the judicial and administrative authorities
районы, находящиеся под национальной юрисдикцией — areas under national jurisdiction
район за пределами действия национальной юрисдикции — area beyond the limits of national jurisdiction
обязательная юрисдикция — obligatory / mandatory jurisdiction
воды, находящиеся под юрисдикцией государства — waters under state jurisdiction
изъятие из юрисдикции в отношении государств и их имуществ — jurisdictional immunities of states and their property
юрисдикция в отношении открытого моря — jurisdiction on the high / open sea
Russian-english dctionary of diplomacy > юрисдикция юрисдикци·я
-
20 Ausgabe
Ausgabe f (Ausg.) 1. BANK issue (Geld); 2. BÖRSE issue (Aktien); 3. COMP edition, ed.; output, computer output (Daten); 4. FIN issue (Kosten); 5. GEN edition, ed.; number, expense, expenditure; outlay (Kosten); 6. MEDIA copy number, edition, ed., issue • die Ausgabe auf sich nehmen GEN go to the expense of* * *f (Ausg.) 1. < Bank> Geld issue; 2. < Börse> Aktien issue; 3. < Comp> edition (ed.), Daten output, computer output; 4. < Finanz> money issue; 5. < Geschäft> edition (ed.), Kosten outlay, number, expense, expenditure; 6. < Medien> copy number, edition (ed.), issue ■ die Ausgabe auf sich nehmen < Geschäft> go to the expense of* * *Ausgabe
expense, expenditure, outlay, (Ausgabestelle) booking office, (Aushändigung) giving (handing) out, (Auslage) disbursement, outlay, (Briefe) delivery, (Buch) edition, set, (Computer) output, (Emission) issue, issuing, issuance (US), emission, (Gepäck) counter, (Verteilung) distribution, (Zeitung) number, edition;
• mit all den damit verbundenen Ausgaben with all its attendant expenses;
• Ausgaben expenditure, expense, outgoings (Br.), outlay;
• abnehmende Ausgaben declining expenditure;
• absetzbare Ausgaben deductible expenses;
• abzugsfähige Ausgaben deductible expenses;
• aktivierte Ausgaben capitalized expenses;
• alte Ausgabe (Heft) back issue, (Zeitung) back number;
• steuerlich nicht anerkannte Ausgaben expenditure not allowable for tax purposes, disallowable expenditure;
• vor der Gründung angefallene Ausgaben preliminary expenses;
• mit Vorrechten ausgestattete Ausgabe (Anleihe) senior issue;
• außerordentliche Ausgaben extra-budgetary (extraordinary) expenditure, extraordinary expenses, extras, (Haushalt) extrabudgetary expenses;
• außerplanmäßige Ausgaben unbudgeted expenditure, expenditure not provided for in the budget, expenditure not budgeted for;
• bare Ausgaben cash expenditure (expenses), out-of-pocket expenses;
• bearbeitete Ausgabe revised edition;
• bedeutende Ausgaben high expenses;
• berechtigte Ausgabe copyrighted edition;
• betriebliche Ausgaben operating expenditure;
• billige Ausgabe cheap edition;
• broschierte Ausgabe pamphlet copy;
• diverse Ausgaben sundry expenses, sundries;
• effektive Ausgaben out-of-pocket expenses;
• einbändige Ausgabe single- (one-) volume edition;
• in nicht gewerblicher Eigenschaft eingegangene Ausgaben expenses incurred by a trader in another capacity;
• einmalige Ausgaben non-recurring charges (expenses, expenditure);
• endgültige Ausgabe definitive edition;
• entstandene Ausgaben expenses incurred;
• entstandene oder mit der Geschäftsführung notwendigerweise entstehende Ausgaben costs necessarily incurred in the conduct of business;
• erstattungsfähige Ausgaben refundable expenditure;
• erweiterte Ausgabe enlarged edition;
• noch nicht fällige Ausgaben accrued expenses;
• feste (fortlaufende) Ausgaben constant expenses, non-variable expenditure, fixed charges;
• in den Römischen Verträgen nicht festgelegte Ausgaben (EU) non-obligatory spending;
• zweispaltig gedruckte Ausgabe double-column edition;
• gehabte Ausgaben incurred expenses;
• zulasten der Gemeinde gehende Ausgaben expenses defrayable out of local contributions;
• gekürzte Ausgabe abridged edition;
• gelegentliche Ausgaben casual expenses, incidentals;
• gemeine Ausgaben ordinary expenses;
• amtlich genehmigte Ausgabe sealed form;
• geplante Ausgaben spending plan;
• geringe Ausgaben light expense;
• geringfügige Ausgaben petty expenses;
• urheberrechtlich (verlagsrechtlich) geschützte Ausgabe copyright[ed] edition, copyrighted publication;
• gleich bleibende Ausgaben expense constants;
• große Ausgaben heavy expenditure;
• heutige Ausgabe (Zeitung) current number;
• unzulässig hohe Ausgabe (Anleihe) overissue;
• indirekte Ausgaben indirect expenses;
• kapitalisierte Ausgaben capitalized expenses;
• kleine Ausgaben petty cash (charges), minor expenses;
• kleinere Ausgaben minor expenses;
• laufende Ausgaben fixed (current, running) expenses, current (returning) expenditure;
• letzte Ausgabe (Zeitschrift) current number, latest edition, final (coll.);
• unberechtigt nachgedruckte Ausgabe pirated edition;
• neue Ausgabe reprint;
• notwendige Ausgaben connected expenses, expenses necessarily incurred;
• [nicht] obligatorische Ausgaben (EU)[non-]compulsory expenditure;
• öffentliche Ausgaben government expenditure;
• ordentliche Ausgaben ordinary expenses;
• persönliche Ausgaben private expenses;
• private Ausgaben private expenditure;
• projektbezogene Ausgabe project-related spending;
• revidierte Ausgabe revised edition, revision;
• sachliche Ausgaben material cost;
• sonstige Ausgaben (Bilanz) other payments, non-operating expenses;
• stabile Ausgaben stable spending;
• steigende Ausgaben growing expenditure;
• tägliche Ausgaben daily expenses, routine expenditure;
• tatsächliche Ausgaben out-of-pocket expenses, actual expenditure;
• übermäßige Ausgaben profuse expenditure;
• auf das Kapitalkonto übernommene Ausgaben capitalized expenses;
• unerwartete Ausgaben contingent expenses, contingencies;
• ungedeckte Ausgaben uncovered expenses;
• unveränderte Ausgabe reprint;
• unvorhergesehene Ausgaben unforeseen expense (expenditure), contingent expenses, contingencies, incidentals;
• veranschlagte Ausgaben expenditure budgeted for;
• vermögenswirksame Ausgaben asset-creating expenditure, capital spending;
• verschiedene Ausgaben (Bilanz) sundries, sundry expenses;
• verschwenderische Ausgaben profuse expenditure, prodigal expenses;
• vertretbare Ausgabe warrantable outlay;
• tatsächlich vorgenommene Ausgaben actual expenditure outturns;
• wachsende growing expenditure;
• werbende Ausgaben productive expenses;
• wiederkehrende Ausgaben fixed charges, recurring expenditure (expenses);
• nicht wiederkehrende Ausgaben non-recurring expenditure;
• regelmäßig wiederkehrende Ausgaben recurrent expenses;
• zusätzliche Ausgaben additonal expenses;
• Einnahmen und Ausgaben income and expenditure;
• Ausgaben durch Ferienreisende tourist expenditure;
• Ausgaben für Forschung expenditure on research;
• Ausgabe von Gratisaktien issue of bonus shares, bonus issue (Br.);
• Ausgabe von Gratisaktien bei Kapitalerhöhung capitalization issue;
• jährlich neu zu finanzierende Ausgaben der öffentlichen Hand supply services (Br.);
• konjunkturbelebende Ausgaben der öffentlichen Hand deficit budgeting;
• Ausgaben der öffentlichen Hände government spending, government[al] expenditure, public outlays;
• Ausgaben für Investitionszwecke investment spending;
• Ausgabe von mit variablen Zinssätzen ausgestatteten Kommunalanleihen floating rate issue in the local authority negotiable bond market;
• Ausgaben pro Kopf der Bevölkerung per capita costs;
• Ausgaben für den Lebensunterhalt consumption expenditure;
• Ausgabe neuer Münzen issue of new coinage;
• Ausgabe von Obligationen floating (issue) of bonds;
• Ausgabe eines Passes issue of a passport;
• Ausgaben für die Regionen spending for the regions;
• Ausgaben außer der Reihe extras;
• Ausgaben im Reiseverkehr tourist spending;
• Ausgabe von Schuldverschreibungen bond issuance;
• Ausgabe von Sonderziehungsrechten (Weltwährungsfonds) special drawing rights issue;
• Ausgaben auf dem Sozialversicherungssektor social-security spending;
• Ausgaben zur freien Verfügung discretionary spending;
• Ausgaben für die innere Verwaltung internal administrative expenditure;
• Ausgaben im Vorgriff anticipatory expenditure;
• Ausgabe einer Zeitung run of a paper;
• Ausgaben abdecken to clear expenses;
• Ausgaben auf j. abwälzen to board the gravy train (US)
• seine Ausgaben den Einnahmen anpassen to proportion one’s expenses to one’s income, to equate the expenses with the income;
• sich in den Ausgaben Beschränkungen auferlegen to show spending forbearance;
• Ausgaben aufgliedern to classify expenses, to break down expenses (US);
• seine Ausgaben aufschlüsseln to allocate one’s expenditure;
• Ausgabe als aktivierungspflichtigen Aufwand behandeln to treat an expenditure as properly attributable to capital;
• Ausgaben beschneiden to cut expenditure;
• Ausgaben kräftig beschneiden to axe expenditure;
• seine Ausgaben beschränken to restrict one’s expenses;
• öffentliche Ausgaben beschränken to contain public expenditure;
• Ausgaben bestreiten to defray the costs;
• als Ausgaben buchen to enter as expenditure (expense);
• voll abzugsfähige Ausgaben darstellen to be fully deductible current expenses;
• Ausgaben in konstanten Preisen darstellen to express expenditure in constant prices;
• Ausgaben decken to cover expenses;
• Ausgaben einschränken to cut down (reduce the, limit) expenses, to curtail, to retrench expenses, to make retrenchments, to curtail one’s expenses, to take in a reef;
• sich in seinen Ausgaben einschränken to draw in one’s expenditure;
• Ausgaben auf ein vernünftiges Maß einschränken to keep one’s expenditure within reasonable limits;
• unsinnige Ausgaben einschränken to do away with wasteful expenditure;
• Ausgaben erhöhen to increase the expenditure;
• Ausgaben erstatten to refund the expenses;
• 120 Dollar wöchentliche Ausgaben haben to sit at $120 a week;
• Ausgaben zu verantworten haben to be responsible for the expenditure;
• Ausgaben radikal herabsetzen to axe expenditure;
• sich eine Ausgabe leisten können to afford on expense;
• Ausgaben machen to spend;
• große Ausgaben machen to incur heavy expenses;
• Ausgaben senken to cut expenditure;
• geringere Ausgaben tätigen to underspend;
• Ausgaben übernehmen to bear the costs;
• als Ausgaben verbuchen to enter as expenditure;
• überflüssige Ausgaben vermeiden to economize;
• große Ausgaben verursachen to entail large expenditure;
• große Ausgaben vornehmen to spend a great deal;
• Ausgabe von Gratisaktien vornehmen to declare a stock dividend;
• Ausgaben wiedereinbringen to recover the expenses;
• auf eine Ausgabe zeichnen to subscribe to an issue;
• für unvorhergesehene Ausgaben zurückstellen to allow (provide) for contingencies;
• Ausgaben und Einnahmen decken sich the expenses balance the receipts;
• Ausgabeautomat (Fahrscheine) vending machine;
• Ausgabebank bank of issue;
• Ausgabebedingungen (Obligation) debenture conditions;
• Ausgabebeleg voucher jacket, voucher for payment;
• Ausgabebereich (Computer) output area;
• Ausgabedatei (Computer) output file;
• Ausgabedaten (Computer) output data;
• Ausgabedatum issuance date;
• Ausgabeermäßigung (Konsortium) concession.
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The Great Depression and the World Wars in Arizona — In 1912, women in Arizona gained the right to vote, and in 1917, World War I brought an economic boom to Arizona. It recovered from The Great Depression with the New Deal and another economic boom after World War II, leading the cotton, copper,… … Wikipedia
Air route authority between the United States and the People's Republic of China — There are currently bilateral treaties which govern aviation rights between the United States and the People s Republic of China. Agreements cover both passenger services and cargo services. There is not an open skies agreement, which generally… … Wikipedia
History of local government in the United Kingdom — The history of local government in the United Kingdom concerns the period after 1707, although local government itself pre dates the United Kingdom, having it origins in the Middle Ages. Its history is marked by a long period of very little… … Wikipedia
Fancher party's and Mormons' backgrounds and the Mountain Meadows massacre — The Mountain Meadows massacre victimized several groups of emigrants from the northwestern Arkansas region who had started their treks to California in early 1857, joining along the way and becoming known as the Fancher Baker party. This group… … Wikipedia
Speed limits in the United States — are set by each state or territory. Speed limits in the United States vary according to the type of road and land use. These speed limits do not exceed eighty miles per hour. Increments of five miles per hour are used. Additionally, these limits… … Wikipedia
Road speed limits in the Republic of Ireland — apply on all public roads in the country. These are signposted and legislated for in kilometres per hour. Speed limits are demarcated by regulatory road signs (see Road signs in the Republic of Ireland). These consist of white circular signs with … Wikipedia
Term limits in the United States — Term limits to offices in the United States:Historical backgroundTerm limits, or Rotation in office, dates back to the American Revolution, and prior to that to the democracies and republics of antiquity. The council of 500 in ancient Athens… … Wikipedia
Air transport and the environment (United Kingdom) — Increasing demand for air travel in the UK has resulted in a conflict between the desire to cater for that demand and the environmental consequences of doing so. In the past 25 years the UK air transport industry has seen sustained growth, and… … Wikipedia
Chinatowns in Canada and the United States — Chinatown Chinatowns in Africa Chinatowns in Asia Chinatowns in Europe Chinatowns in Latin America Chinatowns in the Middle East Chinatowns in Canada and the United States … Wikipedia
South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands — South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands … Wikipedia
Smokey and the Bandit — Infobox Film name = Smokey and the Bandit caption = Promotional poster for Smokey and the Bandit director = Hal Needham producer = Mort Engelberg writer = Hal Needham Robert L. Levy (story) James Lee Barrett Charles Shyer Alan Mandel (screenplay) … Wikipedia
